DMBC30 Metropolitan Borough Council Doncaster Local Plan

Addendum to the Publication Plan Sustainability Report (August 2019) and the Addendum to the Publication Plan Sustainability Report (March 2020) - Appraisal of Proposed Main Modifications (2021)

Wood Group UK Limited – February 2021 2 © Wood Group UK Limited

Report For Copyright and Non-Disclosure Notice Jonathan Clarke The contents and layout of this report are subject to copyright Principal Local Plan Delivery Officer owned by Wood (© Wood Group UK Limited 2021) save to the Doncaster Council extent that copyright has been legally assigned by us to another Civic Office party or is used by Wood under licence. To the extent that we Waterdale own the copyright in this report, it may not be copied or used Doncaster without our prior written agreement for any purpose other than DN1 3BU the purpose indicated in this report. The methodology (if any) contained in this report is provided to you in confidence and must not be disclosed or copied to third parties without the prior written agreement of Wood. Disclosure of that information Main Contributors may constitute an actionable breach of confidence or may Ryan Llewellyn otherwise prejudice our commercial interests. Any third party Robert Deanwood who obtains access to this report by any means will, in any event, Pete Davis be subject to the Third Party Disclaimer set out below.

Issued By Third Party Disclaimer Any disclosure of this report to a third party is subject to this disclaimer. The report was prepared by Wood at the instruction ...... of, and for use by, our client named on the front of the report. It Robert Deanwood does not in any way constitute advice to any third party who is able to access it by any means. Wood excludes to the fullest extent lawfully permitted all liability whatsoever for any loss or damage howsoever arising from reliance on the contents of this Approved By report. We do not however exclude our liability (if any) for personal injury or death resulting from our negligence, for fraud or any other matter in relation to which we cannot legally ...... exclude liability. Pete Davis

Management systems Wood Group UK Limited This document has been produced by Wood Group UK Limited Nicholls House in full compliance with our management systems, which have Homer Close been certified to ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and ISO 45001 by Lloyd's Leamington Spa Register. Warwickshire CV34 6TT Tel +44 (0)1926 439 000 Document revisions

Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 No. Details Date h:\projects\38404 doncaster local plan sa\transitioned folders\delivery\d design_technical\sa main mods\doncaster sa A Draft Report January 2021 main modifications issued.docx

B Final Report February 2021

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 3 © Wood Group UK Limited

Non-Technical Summary

Introduction

This Non-Technical Summary (NTS) provides an overview of the January 2021 Addendum to the Sustainability Appraisal (SA) Report of the Publication version of the Doncaster Local Plan 2015-2035 (August 2019). The Addendum presents the findings of the SA of the proposed Main Modifications (MMs) to the draft Local Plan. The Addendum presents the findings of the appraisal of the likely significant effects of the proposed modifications in order to update the August 2019 SA Report and March 2020 Addendum (as appropriate) and ensure that all the likely significant effects of the draft Local Plan (as proposed to be modified) have been identified, described and evaluated. A draft set of MMs were provided by the Council to Wood on 11th January 2021. These were screened to determine whether any of the MMs were likely to have significant effects and where the potential for effects was indicated, the relevant MMs were then subject to SA. The final set of MMs that the Council are consulting on was then considered and the results of the previous screening exercise updated.

The following sections of this NTS:

 Provide an overview of the Local Plan and the process to date;

 Describe the approach to identifying the MMs that are considered significant for the purposes of the SA and the approach to the appraisal (consistent with the previous SA work);

 Summarise the findings of the SA of the MMs; and

 Sets out the next steps in the SA of the Local Plan.

The Draft Local Plan and Modifications

The Draft Local Plan sets out how development will be planned for and delivered across Doncaster to 2035. It comprises:

 A vision of what the borough could look like in the future and a set of aims and objectives to achieve this;

 A set of policies which will guide the broad location, type and mix of new development and will be the starting point for decisions on future planning applications. The Local Plan identifies ‘strategic policies’ that Neighbourhood Development Plans will need to be in broad compliance with;

 A list of proposed development sites which cover different areas of land and different places across the borough to meet identified needs; and

 A policies map for the Borough that shows the location of the proposed sites and define the boundaries of towns and villages, town and district centres, Green Belt and other countryside, green spaces, conservation areas, wildlife sites, areas for mineral extraction, and so on. The Local Plan (together with supporting information including assessments and evidence‐base studies) was submitted to the government (Secretary of State for Housing, Communities and Local Government) on 4th March 2020. The government appointed a planning inspector to conduct an independent examination (known as an “Examination in Public” or “EiP”) into the Local Plan. EiP Hearings took place between the 14th October and the 1st December 2020. Prior to and during the hearings, several Main Modifications (MMs) to

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

4 © Wood Group UK Limited

the Local Plan were proposed. At the conclusion of the hearings, the Inspector requested that the Council confirm the proposed changes in a Schedule of MMs and consult on these alongside a sustainability appraisal.

Sustainability Appraisal

National planning policy1 states that local plans are prepared with the objective of contributing to sustainable development. Sustainable development is that which seeks to secure net gains across economic, environmental and social objectives to meet the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.

The Doncaster Local Plan should contribute to a sustainable future for the plan area. To support this objective, the Council is required to carry out a SA of the Local Plan2. SA is a means of ensuring that the likely social, economic and environmental effects of the Local Plan are identified, described and appraised and also incorporates3 a process set out under UK regulations4 called Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA). Where negative effects are identified, measures are proposed to avoid, minimise or mitigate such effects. Where any positive effects are identified, measures are considered that could enhance such effects. SA is therefore an integral part of the preparation of the Local Plan and has been undertaken at all of the key stages in the development of the Local Plan.

How have the Main Modifications been appraised?

The first step in the process was to decide which of the MMs were significant for the purposes of the SA (with reference to the requirements of the SEA regulations). There is no detailed guidance on how to determine significance in this context. The following text sets out how screening of the proposed MMs to the draft Local Plan was undertaken.

The modifications to supporting text to clarify how policies will be implemented and/or provide justification for them are not considered to be significant because they do not impact on the findings of the SA or assumptions underlying the appraisal.

The modifications that involve the deletion of text from a policy and the introduction of revised wording have been considered to see if the changes have any implications for the SA, both in terms of the conclusions of the SA or the commentary accompanying relevant parts of the assessment.

Any modifications that involve the introduction of a new policy or site are treated as significant.

Where a modification to a policy introduces an additional criterion, a judgement is made as to whether or not the modification would affect the previous appraisal and/or should be acknowledged in the appraisal. In such instances, significance is determined on a case-by-case basis and a comment made in Appendix A on whether or not the previous appraisal required updating and a broad indication of which SA objectives were affected.

All the MMs are reviewed in Appendix A of this addendum report. The final column of the table indicates, for each modification, whether or not it was considered significant for the purposes of the SA and why.

To support the appraisal of the Local Plan, a SA Framework was developed. This contains a series of sustainability objectives and guide questions that reflect both the current socio-economic and environmental issues which may affect (or be affected by) the Local Plan and the objectives contained within other plans and

1 See paragraph 16 of the National Planning Policy Framework (Ministry for Housing, Communities and Local Government, 2019). 2 The requirement for SA of local plans is set out under section 19(5) of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004. 3 See paragraph 32 of the National Planning Policy Framework (Ministry for Housing, Communities and Local Government, 2019). 4 Environmental Assessment of Plans and Programmes Regulations 2004 (statutory instrument 2004 No. 1633).

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

5 © Wood Group UK Limited

programmes reviewed for their relevance to the SA and Local Plan. The SA objectives are shown in Table NTS 1 below.

Table NTS1: SA Objectives and Sub-objectives

Objective Sub-objective

1. Maintain and increase Doncaster’s growth/prosperity and Local economy (maintain and strengthen) diversify its economic base Diversify the economic base 2. Reinforce and support community identity and pride Support community identity Pride 3. Improve accessibility to place and services, both within and Accessibility to places outside of the borough Accessibility to services 4. Ensure resources are available and efficiently used to sustain Energy resources development and reduce waste and consumption Minerals and construction Efficient use of waste 5. Provide affordable, good quality housing that is available to Affordability everyone, including vulnerable and disadvantaged groups Quality Mix and range of homes Availability 6. Reduce social exclusion and disadvantage Social exclusion Social disadvantage 7. Make places that are safe, attractive, culturally interesting and Attractive and distinctive places distinctive to live, work and travel in Safety and security 8. Renew and reuse existing buildings, land and infrastructure Land and buildings Infrastructure 9. Improve the health and well- being of the borough’s Health population Well being 10. Provide education and training provision to build the skills Education and capacity of the population Skills and training 11. Manage and adapt to climate change Flood risk Greenhouse gas emissions Water supply and drainage 12. Protect, increase and enhance the natural environment, Biodiversity (habitats and species) including the landscape, its underlying geology and wildlife Geodiversity habitat Landscape 13. Protect, conserve and enhance the historic and cultural Historic places heritage Cultural heritage 14. Protect and enhance soil, air and water quality Land and soil (watercourses and ground water) Water Air

Policies, options and strategic sites in the draft Local Plan were appraised using matrices to identify likely significant effects on the SA objectives. A qualitative scoring system was adopted which is set out in Table NTS.2 below.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

6 © Wood Group UK Limited

NTS2 Scoring System used for the SA

Score Description Symbol

Significant Positive The proposed option/policy contributes significantly to the achievement of the objective. Effect ++ The proposed option/policy contributes to the achievement of the objective but not Minor Positive Effect significantly. +

Neutral The proposed option/policy does not have any effect on the achievement of the objective 0

Minor The proposed option/policy detracts from the achievement of the objective but not Negative Effect significantly. -

Significant The proposed option/policy detracts significantly from the achievement of the objective. Negative Effect --

There is no clear relationship between the proposed option/policy and the achievement of No Relationship the objective or the relationship is negligible. ~

The proposed option/policy has an uncertain relationship to the objective or the relationship Uncertain is dependent on the way in which the aspect is managed. In addition, insufficient information ? may be available to enable an appraisal to be made.

What are the findings of the appraisal of the Main Modifications?

Following screening of the MMs for potential significance for SA (Appendix A and Appendix B), the following proposed new policies were found to require appraisal:

• MM268 - Policy 72: iPort (Strategic)

• MM307 - Policy 73: Local Business Expansion Site: Polypipe

These policies are appraised in Appendix C. The results of the appraisal show that both policies are likely to have significant positive effects overall, reflecting the contribution to the economic health of the Borough which is likely to result from their implementation. Positive social effects are also identified, associated with job creation. No negative effects were identified.

Land East of Hurst Lane, Auckley – Site Reference: 446 Following discussion at Examination, the status of the site has been re-classified from Green Field to Previously Developed Land and the scoring of Objective 8A(i) Encourage the Re-use of Land and Buildings, changed from 0 (neutral) to ++ (Significant Positive). Conclusions on the status of the site have been amended in light of this change.

Distribution of Homes The previous SA Addendum (March 2020) that was prepared for Submission included a Table (3.3 on pages 17-18) setting out indicative distribution of new homes (as per Policy 3 targets) and then actual allocation to each settlement/tier in the hierarchy.

This was revised prior to the Hearing (INSP8 Response). Further changes were needed through the Hearing sessions which resulted in a revised overall provision and distribution amongst settlements as follows:

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

7 © Wood Group UK Limited

Overall dwelling provision  +36 dwellings (+0.2%) Doncaster Main Urban Area (-1.4%)  -179 dwellings Main Towns (+1.1%)  Dunscroft, Dunsville, Hatfield, Stainforth +108 dwellings  Thorne and Moorends +1 dwelling  Rossington +63 dwellings Service Towns and Villages (+0.3%) • Edlington +43 dwellings

The proposed uplift in proposed dwellings and the changes in distribution amongst the settlement hierarchy are considered to be marginal (<1.5% for any affected settlement) and therefore not significant for the purposes of SA.

Potential Cumulative Effects Sections 7.3 and 8.5 of the August 2019 SA Report present an overall judgement on the cumulative effects of the proposed policies and site allocations of the Plan. There are no changes to the assessment of cumulative effects as a result of the proposed modifications.

Recommendations Section 7.4 of the August 2019 SA Report set out recommendations arising from the SA of the Publications Version of the Local Plan. No additional recommendations have arisen following a review of the MMs in this addendum.

Conclusions and Next Steps The appraisal has demonstrated that the proposed MMs do not impact on the previous conclusions of the SA.

This addendum to the SA report is a supporting document to the consultation on the Local Plan Modifications. Comments are invited on the findings and recommendations of this report.

The consultation runs from Monday 8 February to Sunday 21 March 2021.

Please note: the consultation is only related to the content of the Modifications (soundness) and how they have been prepared (legal compliance). Other parts of the plan will not be considered.

If you wish to make comments, please use one of the following methods:

 Using the form available to download from the Doncaster Local Plan webpages

https://www.doncaster.gov.uk/services/planning/local-plan

and emailing it back to the Council at: [email protected]; or,

 Completing a comment form and posting it to:

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

8 © Wood Group UK Limited

Planning Policy and Environment Team, Civic Office, Doncaster Council, Waterdale, Doncaster, DN1 3BU Please quote the relevant main modification reference, policy or paragraph to which your response relates. Following the close of the consultation, the Inspector will complete and publish his final report.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

9 © Wood Group UK Limited

Contents

1. Introduction 11 1.1 Overview 11 Purpose of this SA Report 11 1.2 The Local Plan – An Overview 11 Requirement to Prepare a Local Plan 12 1.3 The Sustainability Appraisal 13 1.4 Habitats Regulations Assessment 14 1.5 Structure of this SA Addendum 15

2. Approach to the SA 17 2.1 Introduction 17 2.2 Determining the Significance for the SA of the MMs 17 2.3 Sustainability Appraisal Framework 18 2.4 Difficulties Encountered in Compiling the Report 21

3. Appraisal of Effects 23 3.1 Introduction 23 3.2 Identification of Potentially Significant Modifications 23 3.3 Housing Distribution 23 3.4 Site Appraisal 25 Land East of Hurst Lane, Auckley – Site Reference: 446 25 3.5 Draft Local Plan Policies 28 3.6 Recommendations (Including Mitigation) 28 3.7 Monitoring 28

4. Conclusions and Next Steps 29

Table 2.1 SA Objectives and Sub-objectives 18 Table 2.2 Scoring system used for the SA 21 Table 3.1 Allocation of New Homes Across the Settlement Hierarchy and Individual Settlements: Indicative Distribution, Proposed Distribution (Submission Plan) and Proposed Distribution (Post Examination) 23 Table 3.2 Current & Revised SA Findings: Brownfield (as per the March 2020 Addendum) and Greenfield (as per this January 2021 Addendum) 26

Appendix A Screening of Main Modifications Appendix B Proposed Changes to the Local Plan Policies Map Appendix C Appraisal of Proposed New Policies 72 & 73

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

10 © Wood Group UK Limited

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

11 © Wood Group UK Limited

1. Introduction

1.1 Overview

1.1.1 Doncaster Metropolitan Borough Council (the Council) is currently preparing a new Local Plan for its administrative area. The new Local Plan sets out the vision, spatial principles, planning policies and site allocations that will guide development in the local authority area in the period up to 2035.

1.1.2 The Local Plan (together with supporting information including assessments and evidence-base studies) was submitted to the government (Secretary of State for Housing, Communities and Local Government) on 4th March 2020. The government appointed a planning inspector to conduct an independent examination (known as an “Examination in Public” or “EiP”) into the Local Plan. EiP Hearings took place between the 14th October and the 1st December 2020. Prior to and during the Hearings, a number of Main Modifications (MMs) to the Local Plan were proposed. At the conclusion of the hearings, the Inspector requested that the Council confirm the proposed changes in a Schedule of MMs and consult on these alongside sustainability appraisal.

1.1.3 Wood Group Ltd (Wood) (formerly Amec Foster Wheeler) was appointed by the Council to undertake a Sustainability Appraisal (SA) of the Draft Local Plan. The SA appraised the environmental, social and economic performance of the emerging Local Plan and any reasonable alternatives. In doing so, it has helped to inform the selection of Plan options concerning (in particular) the quantum, distribution and location of future development in the District and identify measures to avoid, minimise or mitigate any potential negative effects that may arise from the Plan’s implementation as well as opportunities to improve the contribution of the emerging Local Plan towards sustainability.

1.1.4 The Inspector requested that the Council consider the sustainability implications of the draft MMs, prior to their finalisation. A draft set of MMs were provided by the Council to Wood on 11th January 2021. These were screened to determine whether any of the MMs were likely to have significant effects; where the potential for effects was indicated, the relevant MMs were then subject to SA.

Purpose of this SA Report

1.1.5 This document is the January 2021 Addendum to the SA Report of the Publication Version of the Local Plan (August 2019) and has been prepared in order to take account of, and appraise, the proposed modifications to the draft Local Plan. The Addendum presents the findings of the appraisal of the likely significant effects of the proposed modifications in order to update the 2019 SA Report (as appropriate) and ensure that all the likely significant effects of the draft Local Plan (as proposed to be modified) have been identified, described and evaluated. This document also updates the SA Report to reflect any relevant changes (e.g. changes to the wording of policies).

1.1.6 This report should be read in conjunction with the Local Plan SA Report (August 2019) and Addendum (March 2020) which can be accessed through the Council’s website.5

1.2 The Local Plan – An Overview

1.2.1 This section sets out the legislative background to preparation of the Local Plan, the role of the Local Plan and the intended content.

5 Examination documents are accessible at: https://www.doncaster.gov.uk/services/planning/local-plan-examination

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

12 © Wood Group UK Limited

Requirement to Prepare a Local Plan

1.2.2 The Town and Country Planning (Local Planning) () Regulations 2012 sets out the regulatory requirements for developing and adopting a Local Plan. Before adoption, this involves preparing and consulting on a draft Local Plan (Regulation 18), producing a Pre-Submission Draft Local Plan (Regulation 19), submitting the Local Plan to the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (Regulation 22) and subjecting the Local Plan to public examination (Regulation 24). The preparation, consultation, submission and examination of the Doncaster Local Plan has followed these regulatory stages.

Main Modifications

1.2.3 The Inspector’s Guidance Note (INSP1) published at the start of the Examination process on 18 March 2020 made reference to how changes to the plan could be made (paragraphs 16-19).

1.2.4 The Guidance note states “I can only recommend main modifications if they are necessary to make the submitted Plan sound and/or legally-complaint. Potential main modifications are likely to be proposed during the examination. Any potential main modifications must be subject to consultation before I formally recommend them, and in some cases they may also require further sustainability appraisal.”

1.2.5 The approach to modifications reflects Section 20(7) of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act (2004), as revised by Section 112 of the Localism Act (2011) where modifications are either classified as "main", and therefore relevant to the soundness of the plan, or "additional" modifications. ‘Main’ modifications are required to make the Plan sound in the light of issues identified during the examination. The purpose of this report is to subject the MMs to SA. ‘Additional’ modifications are more minor in nature and do not materially affect the policies set out in the Local Plan (e.g. relating to points of clarity, factual updates, correcting typographical or grammatical errors). They will not be considered by the Inspector as they are not relevant to his report, but the Council will consider the responses. They are not subject to SA therefore.

1.2.6 The proposed MMs are set out in Appendix A and Appendix B of this report.

Scope and content of the Local Plan

1.2.7 The Local Plan sets out how development will be planned for and delivered across Doncaster Borough to 2035. It sets out:

 Local Plan Strategic Priorities, reflected in the Vision and Spatial Principles;

 The overarching Local Plan strategy in terms of the amount of new development to be accommodated (development requirements) and where it will be accommodated (the Spatial Strategy);

 Proposed site allocations to deliver the development requirements according to the spatial strategy; and

 Plan policies including development requirements for the proposed site allocations.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

13 © Wood Group UK Limited

1.3 The Sustainability Appraisal

The Requirement for Sustainability Appraisal

1.3.1 Under Section 19(5) of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004, the Council is required to carry out a SA of the Local Plan to help guide the selection and development of policies and proposals in terms of their potential social, environmental and economic effects. In undertaking this requirement, local planning authorities must also incorporate the requirements of the Environmental Assessment of Plans and Programmes Regulations 2004 (Statutory Instrument 2004 No. 1633) also known as the Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) regulations. These regulations transposed the European Union Directive 2001/42/EC on the assessment of the effects of certain plans and programmes on the environment.

1.3.2 The SEA Directive and transposing regulations seek to provide a high level of protection of the environment by integrating environmental considerations into the process of preparing certain plans and programmes. The aim of the Directive is “to contribute to the integration of environmental considerations into the preparation and adoption of plans and programmes with a view to promoting sustainable development, by ensuing that, in accordance with this Directive, an environmental assessment is carried out of certain plans and programmes which are likely to have significant effects on the environment.”

7 1.3.3 At paragraph 16, the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) (2019) sets out that local plans should be prepared with the objective of contributing to the achievement of sustainable development.8 In this context, paragraph 32 of the NPPF reiterates the requirement for SA/SEA as it relates to local plan preparation:

“Local plans and spatial development strategies should be informed throughout their preparation by a sustainability appraisal that meets the relevant legal requirements.9 This should demonstrate how the plan has addressed relevant economic, social and environmental objectives (including opportunities for net gains). Significant adverse impacts on these objectives should be avoided and, wherever possible, alternative options which reduce or eliminate such impacts should be pursued. Where significant adverse impacts are unavoidable, suitable mitigation measures should be proposed (or, where this is not possible, compensatory measures should be considered).’’

10 1.3.4 The Planning Practice Guidance makes clear that SA plays an important role in demonstrating that a local plan reflects sustainability objectives and has considered reasonable alternatives. In this regard, SA will help to ensure that a local plan is “justified”, a key test of soundness that concerns the extent to which the plan provides an appropriate strategy, taking into account the reasonable alternatives, and based on proportionate evidence.

Sustainability Appraisal Process To-Date

1.3.5 SA has been an integral part of the preparation of the draft Local Plan with each stage of the Plan’s development having been accompanied by a SA, as follows:

7 Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government (2019) National Planning Policy Framework. Available from https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/779764/NPPF_Feb_2019_web.pdf 8 This is a legal requirement of local planning authorities exercising their plan-making functions (section 39(2) of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act, 2004) 9 The reference to relevant legal requirements in the NPPF relates to Strategic Environmental Assessment 10 MHCLG (2019) Planning Practice Guidance (PPG): Strategic environmental assessment and sustainability appraisal, Paragraph: 001 Reference ID: 11-001-20190722. Available from: https://www.gov.uk/guidance/strategic-environmental-assessment-and-sustainability- appraisal

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

14 © Wood Group UK Limited

 Issues and Options (with a SA of Growth Options completed in July 2015 and an SA of the Revised Growth Options completed in March 2016).

 Draft Policies and Proposed Sites Document, published for consultation between 13th September and 26th October 2018.

 Publication Local Plan (August 2019).

 Submission Local Plan (March 2020).

1.3.6 The SA of the Publication Local Plan was undertaken in August 2019. The SA Report was prepared to meet the reporting requirements of the SEA Directive and assessed the following key components of the document:

 Local Plan Vision and Spatial Principles;

 the quantum of growth to be provided over the plan period (development requirements) and distribution of that growth (Spatial Strategy);

 site allocations to deliver the development requirements identified in the Publication Local Plan (including reasonable alternatives); and

 Local Plan policies including development requirements for proposed site allocations contained In the Publication Local Plan.

1.3.7 An Addendum to the SA was prepared in March 2020 which appraised the revised housing allocation and its distribution amongst the settlement hierarchy (Policy 3).

1.4 Habitats Regulations Assessment

1.4.1 Regulation 105 of the Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2017 (the ‘Habitats Regulations’) requires that competent authorities assess the potential impacts of land use plans on the Natura 2000 network of European protected sites11 to determine whether there will be any ‘likely significant effects’ (LSE) on any European site as a result of the plan’s implementation (either alone or ‘in combination’ with other plans or projects); and, if so, whether these effects will result in any adverse effects on that site’s integrity with reference to the site’s conservation objectives. The process by which the effects of a plan or programme on European sites are assessed is known as ‘Habitats Regulations Assessment’ (HRA)12 .

1.4.2 In accordance with the Habitats Regulations, what is commonly referred to as a HRA screening exercise has been undertaken to identify the likely impacts of the emerging Local Plan upon European sites, either alone or ‘in combination’ with other projects or plans, and to consider whether these effects are likely to be significant.

11 Strictly, ‘European sites’ are any Special Area of Conservation (SAC) from the point at which the UK Government (and previously the European Commission) agree the site as a ‘Site of Community Importance’ (SCI); any classified Special Protection Area (SPA); any candidate SAC (cSAC); and (exceptionally) any other site or area that should be considered as an SAC but which has not yet been formally identified by the Government. However, the term is also commonly used when referring to potential SPAs (pSPAs); and to possible SACs (pSACs) and listed Ramsar Sites, to which the provisions of the Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2017 are applied a matter of Government policy when considering development proposals that may affect them (NPPF para 176). ‘European site’ is therefore used in this report in its broadest sense, as an umbrella term for all of the above designated sites. 12 ‘Appropriate Assessment’ has been historically used as an umbrella term to describe the process of assessment as a whole. The whole process is now more usually termed ‘Habitats Regulations Assessment’ (HRA), and ‘Appropriate Assessment’ is used to indicate a specific stage within the HRA.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

15 © Wood Group UK Limited

1.4.3 The proposed MMs do not generally have implications for HRA (see the Council’s separate HRA Addendum dated February 2021 for more details). However, the modification to the area of search for renewable wind energy generation (Policy 60) does bring the area closer to Thorne-Hatfield Moors Special Protection Areas. Wind turbines have the potential to impact upon nightjar populations by causing changes in behaviour related to foraging and migration. It is not possible to undertake a meaningful assessment of these impacts at this stage. Impacts could depend on the size and precise location of a proposal as well as its geographical relationship with other existing or proposed turbine sites. Policy 60 sets out in part E that development must have no unacceptable adverse impacts on the natural environment and ecology, highlighting flightpaths for birds. It is suggested that this wording is amended through further modifications to specifically include reference to nightjar and the supporting text expanded to highlight the need for any wind turbine application within 3km of Thorne and Hatfield Moors to include an appropriate assessment under the Habitat Regulations. This would highlight that unless a planning application considered both alone, and in combination with other wind turbine proposals, can demonstrate that there would be no adverse impact on the integrity of nightjar populations then such an application would not be supported.

1.4.4 Subject to the suggested amendments to Policy 60 it is considered that impacts from all the proposed modifications to the Local Plan on European Sites can be ruled out.

1.5 Structure of this SA Addendum

1.5.1 This SA Report is structured as follows:

 Section 2: Approach to the SA - describes the approach to identifying those MMs that are considered significant for the purposes of the SA and the approach to their assessment.

 Section 3: Appraisal of Effects – identifies the modifications that are considered significant to the SA and summarises the findings of the SA of the MMs.

 Section 4: Conclusions and Next Steps – presents the conclusions of the SA and the next steps in the process.

1.5.2 Appendix A presents the SA screening of the Main Modifications to the Local Plan and Appendix B presents the SA screening of the Proposed Changes to the Local Plan Policies Map

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

16 © Wood Group UK Limited

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

17 © Wood Group UK Limited

2. Approach to the SA

2.1 Introduction

2.1.1 This section outlines the methodology used to appraise the MMs to the draft Local Plan and sets out the SA objectives used to identify any likely significant effects. The SA objectives used for this appraisal are consistent with those developed to appraise the draft Local Plan, as set out in the Scoping Report, which was consulted on in March 2016. The appraisal objectives reflect an analysis of baseline conditions, review of plans and programmes and the subsequent identification of key sustainability issues which are contained in the SA Report (August 2019).

2.2 Determining the Significance for the SA of the MMs

2.2.1 This section sets out the approach to determining the significance of the MMs. Planning Practice Guidance13 states that:

“It is up to the local planning authority to decide whether the sustainability appraisal report should be amended following proposed changes to an emerging plan. A local planning authority can ask the Inspector to recommend changes to the submission Local Plan to make it sound or they can propose their own changes.

If the local planning authority assesses that necessary changes are significant, and were not previously subject to sustainability appraisal, then further sustainability appraisal may be required and the sustainability appraisal report should be updated and amended accordingly.”

th 2.2.2 The Council provided a draft version of the MMs to the Local Plan to Wood on 11 January 2021. These were reviewed by Wood to determine whether or not they were significant and the need for any consequential changes to the previous appraisal work. The modifications are reviewed in Appendix A and Appendix B of this report. The final column of the table indicates, for each modification, whether or not it was considered significant for the purposes of the SA.

2.2.3 There is no detailed guidance on how to determine significance in this context. The following text sets out how screening of the proposed MMs to the draft Local Plan was undertaken.

2.2.4 Where these are the only changes to policy wording, they are not considered significant for the purposes of SA. These changes are only considered potentially significant where they form part of other changes in policy wording or additional policy criteria are proposed.

2.2.5 A number of modifications refer to changes for development proposals to ‘have regard to’ rather than ‘be in accordance with’ other policies or guidance documents. Such changes recast cross references to other policies or guidance documents and are therefore not considered to affect the previous results of the appraisal of the policy against the SA objectives and are not considered to be significant for the purposes of the SA.

2.2.6 The modifications to supporting text to clarify how policies will be implemented and/or provide justification for them are not considered to be significant because they do not impact on the findings of the SA or assumptions underlying the appraisal.

13 HMCLG (2014) Strategic environmental assessment and sustainability appraisal: Paragraph: 023 Reference ID: 11-023-20140306: Revision date: 06 03 2014

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

18 © Wood Group UK Limited

2.2.7 The modifications that involve the deletion of text from a policy and the introduction of revised wording have been considered to see if the changes have any implications for the SA, both in terms of the conclusions of the SA or the commentary accompanying relevant parts of the assessment.

2.2.8 Any modifications that involve the introduction of a new policy or site are treated as significant. Where a modification to a policy introduces an additional criterion, a judgement is made as to whether or not the modification would affect the previous appraisal and/or should be acknowledged in the appraisal. In such instances, significance is determined on a case-by-case basis.

2.3 Sustainability Appraisal Framework

2.3.1 To support the appraisal of the draft Local Plan, a SA framework was developed. This contains a series of sustainability objectives and guide questions that reflect both the current socio-economic and environmental issues which may affect (or be affected by) the Local Plan and the objectives contained within other plans and programmes reviewed for their relevance to the SA and Local Plan. The objectives are accompanied by a set of guide questions and criteria that were used to assess options, policies and sites. The SA objectives and Sub-objectives are shown in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1 SA Objectives and Sub-objectives

Objective Sub-objective How the objective will be achieved

1. Maintain and increase Local economy  Create jobs and new businesses Doncaster’s growth/prosperity (maintain and  Support existing businesses and diversify its economic base strengthen)  Provide employment opportunities for everyone  Increase wealth  Attract investment and trade  Close the ‘output gap’  Improve financial security  Provide a supply of available land for all business needs  Promote tourism  Support home working / e-commerce  Improve quality of life

Diversify the  Provide a skilled workforce. economic base  Broaden sectoral mix  Less reliance on current high volume sectors  More workers in ‘higher value’ sectors  Promote rural diversification 2. Reinforce and support Support  Maintain and protect the physical identity and setting of existing community identity and pride community settlements identity  Conserve and protect existing services and facilities (especially in more remote areas)  Deliver affordable homes  Promote greater community cohesion  Don’t make everywhere the same

Pride  Get people involved in local issues.  Foster positive perceptions of the area  Make people proud of their own community and Doncaster

3. Improve accessibility to place Accessibility to  Ensure places can be accessed via public transport and services, both within and places  Encourage a modal shift outside of the borough  Minimise travel to work distance  Has footpath access where possible  Has cycle paths where possible  Have adequate parking facilities  Has road access where possible  Facilitate links between urban and rural areas

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

19 © Wood Group UK Limited

Objective Sub-objective How the objective will be achieved

Accessibility to  Facilitate access to services and facilities such as health, services education, open spaces and shops etc  New development should be close to services  Facilitate the transport of freight by sustainable means  Minimise the need to travel

4. Ensure resources are available Energy resources  Reduce the reliance on, and the consumption of, finite fossil and efficiently used to sustain fuels development and reduce waste  Reduce greenhouse gas emissions  Reduce energy use and encourage the production and use of and consumption renewable energy Minerals and  Reduce primary mineral extraction construction  Increase the use of recycled and reclaimed aggregates  Incorporate sustainable design and construction practices Efficient use of  Encourage reuse/recycling and minimise waste waste 5. Provide affordable, good Affordability  Provide housing including affordable housing that is available to quality housing that is available everyone to address future needs to everyone, including  Promote and encourage good quality design and sustainable vulnerable and disadvantaged Quality homes groups Mix and range of homes  Ensure an appropriate mix of housing, tenures and types Availability  Increase the supply of housing  Address areas of market failure 6. Reduce social exclusion and Social exclusion  Minimise disadvantage or discrimination disadvantage  Ensure that as many people as possible have good access to shops and services Social  Reduce concentrations of socio- economic disadvantage disadvantage  Reduce the gap between affluent and deprived areas

7. Make places that are safe, Attractive and  Deliver a high quality built environment attractive, culturally interesting distinctive places  Promote local distinctiveness and distinctive to live, work and  Provide more greenspaces and trees  Maintain and improve the character and setting of the travel in townscape and landscape Safety and  Promote buildings and developments which are ‘secure by security design’  Address anti-social behaviour  Maximise the security of homes and workplaces  Reduce crime  Reduce fear of crime  Minimise risk to health and safety 8. Renew and reuse existing Land and buildings  Encourage the re-use of brownfield land, vacant sites and buildings, land and existing buildings infrastructure  Avoid the unnecessary use of greenfield sites  Support renewal of old and/or poor areas of housing  Protect and enhance the amenity of the area  Secure the removal of unstable and contaminated land

Infrastructure  Capacity of existing infrastructure to support new development  Quality of existing infrastructure provision 9. Improve the health and well- Health  Address health inequalities being of the borough’s  Make it easier for people to pursue a healthy lifestyle population  Promote access to healthcare  Reduce the fear of crime and anti-social behaviour

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

20 © Wood Group UK Limited

Objective Sub-objective How the objective will be achieved

Well being  Increase personal satisfaction  Improve quality of life  Enhance people’s ability to access opportunities  Encourage community participation

10. Provide education and Education  Improve educational attainment training provision to build the  Provide more/sufficient school places to address future need skills and capacity of the Skills and training  Improve qualifications and skills in young people population  Provide opportunities for adults to learn new skills 11. Manage and adapt to Flood risk  Avoid inappropriate development in flood risk areas climate change  Manage flood risk on sites at risk of flooding Greenhouse gas  Reduce greenhouse gas emissions emissions  Improve/increase Doncaster’s resilience to climate change  Support the delivery of renewable and low carbon energy and associated infrastructure  Secure energy efficiency improvements Water supply and  Encourage sustainable drainage practices drainage  Manage and protect our water supply

12. Protect, increase and Biodiversity  Protect, maintain and improve sites of international, national enhance the natural (habitats and and local importance. environment, including the species)  Create new areas of biodiversity value  Offset / compensate for the loss of habitats and species as a landscape, its underlying result of development geology and wildlife habitat  Protect and restore priority species and habitats

Geodiversity  Protect, maintain and improve sites of geodiversity importance

Landscape  Maintain and enhancing landscape quality and character

13. Protect, conserve and Historic places  Protect, maintain and improve the character and appearance of enhance the historic and cultural conservation areas heritage  Maintain and protect historic buildings, scheduled ancient monuments and their settings  Protect, maintain and improve national and local historic parks and gardens  Protect, maintain and enhance archaeological assets

Cultural heritage  Promote and increase tourism  Sensitive management of historic townscape  Protect undesignated archaeological assets from damage or loss 14. Protect and enhance soil, Land and soil  Avoid the sterilisation of minerals air and water quality  Restore, reclaim and remediate vacant and derelict land (e.g. (watercourses and ground contaminated sites)  Encourage local food production water) Water  Increase the quality and quantity of the water environment  Reduce direct and indirect pollution on the water environment  Reduce the potential risk to ecosystems (e.g. wetland and riparian habitats) and ecological receptors Air  Reduce/minimise air pollution (e.g. increased traffic) and noise  Improve air quality especially at motorway junctions and busy A roads  Reduce the potential risk to ecosystems (e.g. wetland and riparian habitats) and ecological receptors

2.3.2 Policies, options and strategic sites in the draft Local Plan were appraised using matrices to identify likely significant effects on the SA objectives. A qualitative scoring system was adopted which is set out in Table 2.2.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

21 © Wood Group UK Limited

Table 2.2 Scoring system used for the SA

Score Description Symbol

Significant Positive The proposed option/policy contributes significantly to the achievement of the objective. Effect ++ The proposed option/policy contributes to the achievement of the objective but not Minor Positive Effect significantly. +

Neutral The proposed option/policy does not have any effect on the achievement of the objective 0

Minor The proposed option/policy detracts from the achievement of the objective but not Negative Effect significantly. -

Significant The proposed option/policy detracts significantly from the achievement of the objective. Negative Effect --

There is no clear relationship between the proposed option/policy and the achievement of No Relationship the objective or the relationship is negligible. ~

The proposed option/policy has an uncertain relationship to the objective or the relationship Uncertain is dependent on the way in which the aspect is managed. In addition, insufficient information ? may be available to enable an appraisal to be made.

2.3.3 MMs screened in for appraisal have been appraised using the approach applied to the Local plan with the results of the SA updated to reflect any changes.

2.4 Difficulties Encountered in Compiling the Report

2.4.1 Section 4.6 of the August 2019 SA Report set out the difficulties, uncertainties and assumptions in undertaking the SA. These were updated in Section 2.3 of the March 2020 Addendum to the SA Report. No further difficulties have been encountered.

2.4.2 In terms of screening the MMs, professional judgement has been used to determine whether or not a MM should be considered significant and consultation on this report provides an opportunity for consultees to provide their opinions on such judgements.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

22 © Wood Group UK Limited

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

23 © Wood Group UK Limited

3. Appraisal of Effects

3.1 Introduction

3.1.1 This section summarises the findings of the review of the Main Modifications (MMs) to ensure that the sustainability implications of the ‘screened in’ modifications have been identified and evaluated and where appropriate, have been used to provide updates to the SA.

3.1.2 Sections 5, 6, 7 and 8 of the SA Report (August 2019) identify, describe and appraise the likely significant effects of the Local Plan. These sections document the process of the selection and refinement of the preferred development option leading up to the submission of the draft plan. These steps are not repeated here.

3.2 Identification of Potentially Significant Modifications

3.2.1 A total of 345 changes to the Publication Local Plan and 20 changes to the Policies Map are proposed. In accordance with the approach detailed in Section 2.2, each proposed amendment has been screened in order to determine the significance within the context of the SA. The screening is presented in Appendix A (Local Plan) and Appendix B (Policies Map).

In light of the screening in Appendix A and Appendix B, the following two new policies were found to require appraisal. These policies are appraised in Appendix C.

• MM268 - Policy 72: iPort (Strategic)

• MM307 - Policy 73: Local Business Expansion Site: Polypipe

3.3 Housing Distribution

3.3.1 The previous SA Addendum (March 2020) that was prepared for Submission included a Table (3.3 on pages 17-18) setting out indicative distribution of new homes (as per Policy 3 targets) and then actual allocation to each settlement/tier in the hierarchy.

3.3.2 Prior to the Hearing sessions some of these figures were revised (INSP8 Response). Further changes were needed through the Hearing sessions resulting in the distribution set out in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1 Allocation of New Homes Across the Settlement Hierarchy and Individual Settlements: Indicative Distribution, Proposed Distribution (Submission Plan) and Proposed Distribution (Post Examination)

Settlement Indicative Proposed Proposed Distribution of Distribution (15,871 Distribution (15,907 Homes (Policy 3) homes) Submission homes) Post Strategy Examination

Doncaster Main Urban Area At least 50% of 7,361 (46.4%) 7,182 (45%) Borough’s Total

Doncaster 6,805 – 7,315 7,361 7,182

Main Towns About 40% of 6,171 (38.9%) 6,343 (40%) Borough’s Total

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

24 © Wood Group UK Limited

Settlement Indicative Proposed Proposed Distribution of Distribution (15,871 Distribution (15,907 Homes (Policy 3) homes) Submission homes) Post Strategy Examination

Dunscroft, Dunsville, Hatfield, Stainforth 575 – 1,085 1,860 1,968

Thorne and Moorends 510 – 1,020 723 724

Mexborough 475 – 985 310 310

Conisbrough and Denaby 465 – 975 528 528

Armthorpe 420 – 990 1,049 1,049

Rossington 285 – 895 1,219 1,282

Adwick and Woodlands 255 – 765 482 482

Service Towns and Larger Villages About 10% of 2,339 (14.7%) 2,382 (15%) Borough’s Total

Carcroft - 250 307 307

Edlington 230 622 665

Tickhill 165 74 74

Askern 165 691 691

Auckley – Hayfield Green 125 255 255

Bawtry 110 90 90

Barnby Dun 105 104 104

Sprotbrough 95 80 80

Barnburgh - Harlington 60 66 66

Finningley 55 50 50

3.3.3 In summary, the following changes have been made to the proposed allocations between the Submission Version of the Plan and the Post Examination proposals:

Overall dwelling provision  +36 dwellings (+0.2%) Doncaster Main Urban Area (-1.4%)  -179 dwellings Main Towns (+1.1%)  Dunscroft, Dunsville, Hatfield, Stainforth +108 dwellings  Thorne and Moorends +1 dwelling  Rossington +63 dwellings Service Towns and Villages (+0.3%) • Edlington +43 dwellings

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

25 © Wood Group UK Limited

3.3.4 The proposed uplift in proposed dwellings and the changes in distribution amongst the settlement hierarchy are considered to be marginal (<1.5% for any affected settlement) and therefore not significant for the purposes of SA.

3.4 Site Appraisal

Land East of Hurst Lane, Auckley – Site Reference: 446

Context

3.4.1 During the Local Plan Examination Hearing sessions, Walker Morris, on behalf of their client who owns site reference: 446 – Land east of Hurst Lane, Auckley, submitted a letter14 to the Council raising concerns about the SA and the way in which it had considered site ref: 446. This request follows on from previous written representations made through the Local Plan process, as well as oral representations at the Hearings themselves. Both the Council and the Inspector were made aware of the representor’s concerns.

3.4.2 In brief, it has been stated that ‘the SA should be updated and re-run to assess the suitability of the site once its PDL status is properly acknowledged’. In addition, ‘the inescapable outcome is that not all brownfield sites have been considered before releasing Green Belt land’ and that ‘should the Council fail to correct the identified errors and assess our client's site on an accurate factual basis, our client reserves the right to challenge the adoption of the Local Plan’.

3.4.3 The contents of this letter were raised by the Council with the Inspector at the start of one of the Hearing Sessions (Matter 13 on 11th November). In brief, the Council stated that the SA process is iterative and not yet complete, for example a further SA Report or Addendum would be required to screen and assess all of the suggested Main Modifications. It was concluded therefore that the Council could consider whether the site has incorrectly been assessed and if required, could consider further through the final SA Report or Addendum.

The Council’s Assessment as per the SA Addendum - March 2020 & ‘this’ SA Addendum - February 2021

3.4.4 The status of the land (as per the SA Addendum March 2020 - Doc Ref: CSD7) was assessed in the context of the historic planning permission for the site (83/0703/P) and the definition of ‘Previously Developed Land’ in the NPPF. The NPPF clearly states ‘Previously Developed Land’ excludes land that has been developed for minerals extraction or waste disposal, where provision for restoration has been made through development management procedures.

3.4.5 The Council has however reviewed the status of the 1987 permission (83/0703/P) and concluded that it appears the permission for the lagoons was not implemented and as such the restoration conditions for the site were also not implemented. The Council therefore concludes the land should now be reclassified in this instance, as ‘Previously Developed Land’. The SA ‘scoring’ has been amended below to reflect the change.

3.4.6 As part of this reassessment, the Council has also carried out a recent site visit with regard to the ‘Greenfield’ status of the land. Given that the greenfield/brownfield status of a piece of land is primarily a matter of planning judgement, the Council will continue to review the site status in the context of it naturally evolving into a greenfield site that could be argued as having blended back into the landscape. At this current juncture, and for the purposes of the SA, the Council are classifying

14 Doncaster Local Plan Examination in Public Land East of Hurst Lane, Auckley - Sustainability Appraisal Reference: 446 – Letter via e-mail dated: 10 November 2020 – Walker Morris’ Ref: GGW/AEO/LUN00161.10

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

26 © Wood Group UK Limited

the site as ‘Previously Developed Land’, but if the site naturally revegetates and blends into the surrounding landscape the Council may reassess and reconsider the status as being greenfield in the future.

Implications/Revisions with respect to the SA when assessing as Previously Developed Land

3.4.7 There are 34 SA criteria relevant to the appraisal of housing site options. Of these, only criterion ‘8A(i) – Encourage the Re-use of Land and Buildings’ would differ when the site is reassessed as being brownfield. All greenfield sites ‘score’ neutral (0) against this SA criteria, whilst brownfield sites are identified has having ‘positive effects’ (+). However, this criterion also identifies ‘significant positive effects’ (++) for larger brownfield sites which are 100+ units in size which site ref: 446 falls into given HELAA identifies an indicative yield of 357 dwellings for the site.

3.4.8 In summary, the reappraisal of the site option on the basis of it being brownfield would change this ‘score’ from a ‘neutral’ (0) to a ‘significant positive’ (++) with all other criteria remaining the same, as summarised below. It should be noted that the Addendum already revised the ‘Best and Most Versatile Agricultural Land’ ‘scores’ from ‘unknown’ (?) to ‘positive effects’ (+) to reflect the correspondence submitted by the site promoter at Publication stage.

Table 3.2 Current & Revised SA Findings: Brownfield (as per the March 2020 Addendum) and Greenfield (as per this January 2021 Addendum)

Addendum – January 2021 Addendum – March 2020 (Submission (Main Modifications SA Report stage) consultation stage) 446 Site Ref 446 Blaxton Quarry Phase 2, Mosham Road, Blaxton Quarry Phase 2, Mosham Site Name Auckley Road, Auckley 1A(i) Loss of existing employment use 0 0

3A(i) Distance to Train Station - -

3A(ii) Distance to Bus Stop (SYPTE Core Network) + +

3A(iii) Access to Cycle Network + +

3B(i) Access to Existing Centre 0 0

3B(ii) Access to Primary School 0 0

3B(iii) Access to Secondary School + +

3B(iv) Access to GP Surgery + +

5A(i) Affordability ++ ++

5D(i) Market Failure 0 0

7B(i) Minimise Risk to Health and Safety + +

8A(i) Encourage the Re-use of Land and Buildings 0 ++

8A(ii) Contaminated Land ++ ++

8A(iii) Landfill Sites 0 0

8A(iv) Unstable Land 0 0

8B(i) Highways Capacity - -

8B(ii) Fibre Broadband Coverage + + 8B(iii) Primary School Capacity - -

8B(iv) Secondary School Capacity - -

9A(i) Access to Public Open Space 0 0

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

27 © Wood Group UK Limited

Addendum – January 2021 Addendum – March 2020 (Submission (Main Modifications SA Report stage) consultation stage) 11A(i) Main River Flooding + +

11A(ii) Surface Water Flooding + +

11A(iii) Areas Benefitting from Flood Defences + +

11A(iv) EA Flood Warning or Alert Area + +

12A(i) Biodiversity 0 0

12B(i) Landscape Capacity 0 0

13A(i) Heritage Impacts 0 0

13B(i) Archaeology + +

14A(i) Minerals Sterilisation ? ?

14A(ii) Best and Most Versatile Agricultural Land + + 14A(ii) Best and Most Versatile Agricultural Land + + 14B(i) Groundwater Source Protection 0 0

14B(ii) Pollution to Surface Water Bodies 0 0

14C(i) Air Quality 0 0

Implications with respect to the Site Selection Methodology and site allocation

3.4.9 The site promoter’s conclusion, as outlined above, is that their site was misidentified as greenfield in the SA process, thus not all brownfield sites have been considered before the Council came to the conclusion that it was necessary to allocate housing sites on Green Belt land. They reference the Council’s Hearing Statement on Matter 4: Green Belt (Q4.1) and its ‘claims that the Plan adopts a brownfield first approach to allocating sites and that the Plan makes as much use as possible of brownfield land’. Paragraph 1 of the same Hearing Statement goes on to state that ‘all suitable brownfield land has been allocated within each respective settlement in the settlement hierarchy to help meet each settlements housing need’. The following paragraph then goes on to summarise how sites have been selected on a settlement-by-settlement basis. In short: extant permissions are allocated first and foremost; secondly brownfield urban sites within settlement limits; thirdly greenfield urban sites within settlement limits; and finally, where insufficient sites have been identified to meet the settlement target, then consideration is then given to urban extension sites (Countryside or Green Belt).

3.4.10 As evidenced in the Matter 4 Hearing Statement, it is the spatial strategy and settlement hierarchy that provides the framework to ensure sufficient sites are allocated across the borough to the most sustainable towns and villages and taking into account the full breadth of spatial planning objectives, including meeting local housing needs locally. It was discussed at the Hearings that the SA had already considered a range of reasonable spatial options, including a low growth avoidance of environmental constraints option (the original ‘Option 4’), but that this was subsequently rejected.

3.4.11 The approach has made sure sufficient sites are identified, including to meet local housing need, at each settlement and at no point has the Council suggested that non-Green Belt urban extensions to settlement’s in the eastern ‘half’ of the Borough should come forward in advance of Green Belt sites in the western half of Doncaster. Had it done so then it would have been following a spatial strategy in line with the rejected Option 4, and the many reasons it was not seen as being reasonable option in terms of meeting wider policy and local objectives. For example, such an option would have seen a skewed distribution of almost the entire of the Borough’s development needs being directed towards the south-eastern non-Green Belt and non-flood risk ‘quarter’ of the Borough.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

28 © Wood Group UK Limited

3.4.12 Site Ref: 446 would be a large brownfield urban extension to the Service Village of Auckley-Hayfield Green on land designated as Countryside. The Local Plan has identified sufficient allocations from extant permissions, with an additional sustainable urban greenfield site (site ref: 223), to more than meet the settlement’s plan period requirement. The site performs strongly across the SA criteria with mainly positive and neutral effects, with mitigation identified for the handful of potential negative effects. The additional site allocation also now benefits from having an extant planning permission for 140 dwellings, with the Outline permission granted February 2020 and Reserved Matters granted December 2020. In line the national policy’s definition, the site is deliverable. The Site Selection Methodology’s overall conclusions for the settlement (Doc Ref: SDEB46 pg. 186-187) is clear about the reasons for not supporting any of the 9 urban extension sites at the settlement into the Countryside, in particular paragraph 9.1.48. Even if the status of site ref: 446 had been identified as brownfield from the outset, the application of the Spatial Strategy and Site Selection Methodology would not have resulted in it being allocated in the Local Plan.

3.5 Draft Local Plan Policies

3.5.1 Under the Main Modifications, various clarification and technical matters are addressed. Screening of these determined that no changes to policies merited appraisal. However, two new policies are proposed, both of which require appraisal:

. MM268 - Policy 72: iPort (Strategic)

. MM307 - Policy 73: Local Business Expansion Site: Polypipe

3.5.2 These policies are appraised in Appendix C. The results of the appraisal show that both policies are likely to have significant positive effects overall, reflecting the contribution to the economic health of the Borough which is likely to result from their implementation. Positive social effects are also identified, associated with job creation. No negative effects were identified. Both sites are subject to comprehensive masterplanning which will resolve any issues associated with site and off-site effects of development.

3.5.3 As a result of the proposed modifications, there are no changes to the assessment of cumulative effects as set out in Section 7.3 of the SA Report (August 2019) and which are summarised in Table 7.1 of that report.

3.6 Recommendations (Including Mitigation)

3.6.1 Table 7.4 of the SA Report (August 2019) set out recommendations arising from the SA of the Regulation 19 Local Plan. No additional recommendations have arisen following a review of the MMs.

3.7 Monitoring

3.7.1 Section 9.3 of the SA Report (August 2019) sets out the requirements for monitoring in relation to the SA and the opportunity to integrate monitoring of the Local Plan with the requirements for monitoring in relation to the SA. There are no proposed changes to the Monitoring Framework.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

29 © Wood Group UK Limited

4. Conclusions and Next Steps

4.1 Conclusions

4.1.1 This Addendum has presented the findings of the SA of the MMs to the Doncaster Local Plan.

4.1.2 A revised site classification along with two new policies have been appraised and the results set out.

4.1.3 The appraisal has demonstrated that the proposed modifications do not impact on the previous conclusions of the SA.

4.2 Next Steps

4.2.1 This Addendum to the SA report is a supporting document to the consultation on the Local Plan Modifications. The Council are undertaking a six-week consultation on the Proposed Main Modifications. Comments are invited on the findings and recommendations of this report.

th st 4.2.2 The consultation runs from Monday 8 February to Sunday 21 March 2021.

4.2.3 Please note: the consultation is only related to the content of the Modifications (soundness) and how they have been prepared (legal compliance). Other parts of the plan will not be considered.

4.2.4 If you wish to make comments, please use one of the following methods:

Using the form available to download from the Doncaster Local Plan webpages.

https://www.doncaster.gov.uk/services/planning/local-plan

and emailing it back to the Council at: [email protected]; or,

Completing a comment form and posting it to:

Planning Policy and Environment Team, Civic Office, Doncaster Council, Waterdale, Doncaster, DN1 3BU

4.2.5 Please quote the relevant main modification reference, policy or paragraph to which your response relates.

4.2.6 Following the close of the consultation, the Inspector will complete and publish his final report, recommending any changes that are considered necessary to make the Local Plan sound.

4.2.7 Following adoption of the Local Plan, a Post Adoption Statement will be completed, consistent with the requirements of the SEA regulations 16(4).

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

30 © Wood Group UK Limited

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

A1 © Wood Group UK Limited

Appendix A Screening of Main Modifications

The Council’s Schedule of Suggested Main Modifications to the Doncaster Local Plan 2015-2035 Publication Version (June 2019) Main Modifications Consultation – February – March 2021 The following Schedule sets out the Council’s suggested Main Modifications to the Doncaster Local Plan (Regulation 19 Publication Version – June 2019) in order for it to be found ‘sound’. This version consolidates and supersedes several previous Schedules which the Council published before and during the Examination Hearing sessions. These changes are shown in the same order as the Local Plan itself with any new wording underlined and deleted text struck through. These have also been assessed through the Sustainability Appraisal and Habitats Regulation Assessment Addendums published alongside the consultation. To assist with the consultation, the Council has also published a tracked changes version of the Local Plan document showing these same Modifications (as well as the Minor Amendments – see separate Schedule for these). A further Schedule identifies changes to the supporting Policies Map. Each suggested change has been given a unique ‘MM Ref’ which should be quoted on the relevant section of the Council’s response form if you are making a response to the consultation relating to the suggested Main Modifications. At the time of drafting the report, the Inspector has asked the Council to prepare two alterative sets of main modifications relating to the Carcroft Common employment site (Site 441, MM34, MM35, MM36, MM298, MM337, PM04). At the time of finalising the report, it was not confirmed which would be taken forward as necessary by the Inspector so both have been subject to screening. The vast majority of the Modifications below are as set out by the Council at the close of the Hearing sessions. However, in the interest of transparency, as part of updating the Local Plan document itself, it became apparent that there was a need to suggest further Main Modifications in order for the Plan to be internally consistent. In particular, to Chapter 16 (Spatial Proposals) given Modifications suggested to Policies 2 and 3. For example, these policies no longer include growth ranges/ a settlement housing target for plan-making/allocation decision purposes that the Plan has taken. Instead the suggested Main Modification would replace them with the actual allocated housing supply so the text would be factually incorrect in Chapter 16 as drafted. Other Modifications reflect factual changes that have occurred since the Plan was drafted (such as change to Neighbourhood Plan status) or Monitoring Indicators so that the 2 new policies can be effectively monitored. For ease of reference, the following Main Modification references include additional text suggested for Modification since the close of the Hearings:  MM03; MM23-24; MM103; MM136; MM146; MM158; MM233; MM236; MM239-243; MM245-248; MM250; MM252-253; MM260- 264; MM267; MM269-270; MM272-277; MM279-281; MM284-285; MM287-297; MM299-302; and, MM345.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A2 © Wood Group UK Limited

The HRA Addendum (February 2021) identified the need for additional modifications to MM202 and MM204 given the revised area of search for renewable wind energy (Policy 60) is in closer proximity to Thorne & Hatfield Moors Special Protection Areas. The HRA Addendum (February 2021) provides further details.

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM01 Paragraph 4.1 …In line with the Government’s National Planning Policy Framework, the overall Deletion of Policy 1 Not Significant – strategy is based on a presumption in favour of sustainable development. and the explanatory provides text in full. To consistency. MM02 Policy 1: Policy 1: Presumption in Favour of Sustainable Development (Strategic Policy) ensure that the plan Not Significant – Presumption in is consistent with provides Favour of Doncaster’s strategic approach is based on a desire to deliver sustainable growth; national policy. PPG consistency. Sustainable growth that is not for its own sake, but which brings benefits for all sectors of the states that there is Development & community, for both existing and new residents. no need for a plan to explanatory text directly replicate the paragraphs 4.2- As a means of securing sustainable development: wording of NPPF 4.4 paragraph 11 in a A) When considering development proposals the Council will take a positive policy. See Council’s approach that reflects the presumption in favour of sustainable development Hearing Statement 3 contained in the National Planning Policy Framework. The Council will always work and response to with applicants to find solutions which mean that proposals can be approved wherever Q3.1 for details. possible, and to secure development that improves the economic, social and environmental conditions of the Borough.

B) Planning applications that accord with the policies in this plan (and, where relevant, with policies in neighbourhood plans) will be approved without delay unless material considerations indicate otherwise.

C) Where there are no policies relevant to the application, or relevant policies are out-of-date at the time of making the decision, the Council will grant permission unless material considerations indicate otherwise. This will involve taking into account whether any adverse impacts of granting permission would significantly and clearly outweigh the benefits, when assessed against the policies in the National Planning Policy Framework (taken as a whole), or specific policies in that framework where they indicate that development should be restricted.

Explanation 4.2. The presumption in favour of sustainable development is essentially about using land or resources in a way that meets the needs of our residents now without affecting the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A3 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification)

4.3. This policy sets out how the presumption will be applied and how the Council will work proactively with applicants and developers to find solutions which mean that proposals can be approved wherever possible and to secure development that improves the economic, social and environmental conditions in the Borough.

4.4. Planning law states that planning applications must be decided in line with the requirements of the Development Plan unless there are very good reasons (known as “material considerations”) not to do so. In other words, the policies set out in the development plan represent the starting point in deciding planning applications. Policies are stated positively in the Plan setting out where in most cases the Council will support development. MM03 Policy 2: Spatial Delete the title prior to Paragraph 4.5: “Spatial Strategy, Settlement Hierarchy and To ensure that the Not Significant – Strategy and Growth Targets”. Amend Paragraph 4.5 to read as follows (included in a text box policy is effective. provides clarity and Settlement and formatted as per the Local Plan Vision given on pages 14 and 15 of the Local Provides clarity as to consistency. Hierarchy Plan) and titled “Spatial Strategy”. Retain 8 of the 10 paragraphs from the ‘Overall which specific parts Strategy’ with the exception of paragraphs 3 and 10 which are to remain as Policy 2 a decision maker (see below). should use to react to a development Spatial Strategy, Settlement Hierarchy and Growth Targets proposal and as per the Council’s Spatial Strategy response to PQ14 and further amends Doncaster’s spatial strategy seeks to concentrate growth at the larger as identified through settlements of the Borough, making the most of existing services and the Hearing facilities and delivering new development to where it is most needed. sessions. Remaining growth is delivered elsewhere in the Borough to support the function of other sustainable settlements and to help meet more local needs. Policies 2 and 3 set out the overall strategy, the supporting settlement hierarchy and the levels and distribution of the anticipated growth.

Doncaster’s Spatial Strategy will focus on delivering sustainable growth, appropriate to the size of individual settlements, that meets the needs for new homes and jobs, regenerates places and communities, and supports necessary improvements to infrastructure, services and facilities.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A4 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Development should help create and maintain strong, sustainable, cohesive and inclusive communities, making the most effective use of previously developed land (except where that land is of high environmental value) and the best use of key transport corridors and existing infrastructure, enabling people to access jobs, services and facilities locally.

New development (including homes, supporting services and associated jobs) will be focussed in and around existing urban areas (primarily Doncaster’s ‘Main Urban Area’, its 7 ‘Main Towns’ and 10 ‘Service Towns and Villages’).

At least 4550% of new homes will go to the ‘Main Urban Area’, approximately 40% to the ‘Main Towns’ and about 150% to the Amendment to the ‘Service Towns and Villages’. spatial strategy distribution to reflect Housing allocations and mixed-use allocations to meet local needs actual allocation. housing growth are distributed on a pro-rata basis to the most sustainable and deliverable urban and urban extension sites and, in accordance with a sequential approach to flood risk, to these settlements. Other development will only be accommodated in flood Amendment to zones where sites are safe or can be made safe, in accordance with paragraph to ensure Policy 58 and national policy. that the policy is consistent with Housing allocations and mixed-use allocations to accommodate national policy and economic-led housing growth are largely directed to the most as identified in the sustainable and deliverable urban and urban extension sites in the Council’s response Doncaster Main Urban Area and Main Towns in accordance with the to PQ13. spatial strategy growth ranges set out in Policy 3 and in accordance with a sequential approach to flood risk. Post-Hearings amendment to Major new employment sites will be focused in locations accessible reflect Policy 3 no from the ‘Main Urban Area’ and ‘Main Towns’ at locations attractive to longer includes the market with good access to the Strategic Transport Network as well growth ranges as to Doncaster Sheffield Airport. Such sites should also be accessible via a range of transport modes.

Retail, leisure, office, cultural and tourist developments will be located according to a ‘Network of Centres’ based on a ‘Sub-Regional

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A5 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Centre’; 2 ‘Town Centres’; 9 ‘District Centres’ and a number of ‘Local Centres’ and ‘Neighbourhood Shopping Parades’ (see Table 2). Proposals will be supported which protect and enhance their vitality and viability and minimise unsustainable trip generation. Mixed-use developments (including housing and other uses such as small-scale shops and leisure services) will be actively encouraged in and around town and district centres and other areas of good public transport accessibility. Within local centres and neighbourhood shopping parades a degree of flexibility in the mix and range of uses and activities which can be permitted will be allowed, whilst securing adequate protection of the existing retail function.”

Re-name Policy 2 as “Settlement Hierarchy (Strategic Policy)”. Delete the following sub-titles from Policy 2: “Overall Strategy” and “Settlement Hierarchy”. Amend policy text prior to “1) Doncaster Main Urban Area” to read:

Policy 2: Spatial Strategy and Settlement Hierarchy (Strategic Policy)

Overall Strategy

Decisions on the location and scale of development should be informed by Doncaster’s Settlement Hierarchy as set out below which should be read in conjunction with Policy 3: Level and Distribution of Growth.

At least 45% of new homes will go to the ‘Main Urban Area’, approximately 40% to the ‘Main Towns’ and about 15% to the ‘Service Towns and Villages’.

Major new employment sites will be focused in locations accessible from the ‘Main Urban Area’ and ‘Main Towns’ at locations attractive to the market with good access to the Strategic Transport Network as well as to Doncaster Sheffield Airport. Such sites should also be accessible via a range of modes.

Development limits have been drawn around the Doncaster ‘Main Urban Area’, ‘Main Towns’, ‘Service Towns and Villages’ and the ‘Defined Villages’. Within development limits, proposals for new development will be supported provided it accords with both the Settlement Hierarchy and other policies in the Local Plan.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A6 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Settlement Hierarchy

1) Doncaster Main Urban Area

Additional growth on non-allocated sites in appropriate* locations within Development Limits of the Doncaster Main Urban Area will also be considered favourably.

2) Main Towns

To maintain and enhance their role as main towns, which each provide a high number of services for their own needs and their wider catchment areas, and in order to aid economic growth and regeneration, these settlements will be the focus for substantial housing growth, supported by appropriate levels of employment and retail growth and wider service provision.

Additional growth on non-allocated sites in appropriate* locations within the Development Limits of the Main Towns will also be considered favourably.

3) Service Towns and Villages

Additional growth on non-allocated sites in appropriate* locations within the Development Limits of the Service Towns and Villages will also be considered favourably. MM04 Policy 2: Policy 2 – Part 5 To ensure that the Not Significant – Settlement policy is effective provides additional Hierarchy – Part 5) Countryside Policy Area and as identified in clarity and 5 – Countryside the Council’s consistency Doncaster’s Countryside Policy Area is defined as that outside of the Green Belt and responses to PQ16 & beyond defined ‘Development Limits’ as shown on the Policies Map. Proposals for further amends as new development in the Countryside Policy Area, including those which support the identified through rural economy, will be supported where in accordance with Policy 26. the Hearing Sessions and the Council’s Where a deliverable five year housing supply cannot be demonstrated across the response to Action Borough as a whole, rResidential development will also be supported in the Points 18 and 32. Countryside Policy Area if all of the following criteria are met adjacent to a Development Limit of a settlement in levels 1-3 above, where:

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A7 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) A) The site is adjacent to a Development Limit of a settlement in levels 1-3 above;

B) The development it is consistent with the role and service function of the settlement in the settlement hierarchy set out above;

C) Tthe site is well related to the existing built form of the settlement and would represent a logical extension to the built up area or is of a scale and nature that is in keeping with the core shape, form and size of the settlement;

D) The development it will not cause significant adverse harm to a settlement’s character, setting and appearance (including partial or total coalescence with another settlement) or to the intrinsic character and beauty of the surrounding countryside; and

E) iIt accords with other policies in the Local Plan.; and

E) a five year borough-wide supply of housing land cannot be demonstrated and the development would make a significant positive contribution to housing land supply.

In exceptional circumstances**, and subject to the demonstration of clear local community support***, residential development in appropriate locations* may also be supported in the Countryside on land adjacent to the development limit of a Defined Village. However, it will only be supported if it does not exceed (a) the development size limit permissible for an individual scheme or site (as is defined in Policy 3) of the relevant Defined Village; and (b) does not exceed the cumulative growth limit over the Plan Period (as is defined in Policy 3) of the relevant Defined Village.

* throughout this policy, the term ‘appropriate locations’ means a location which does not conflict, when taken as a whole, with national policy or policies in this Local Plan. In addition, to qualify as an ‘appropriate location’, the site, if developed, would: • retain the core shape and form of the settlement; • not significantly harm the settlement’s character and appearance; and • not significantly harm the character and appearance of the surrounding countryside or the rural setting of the settlement.

** ‘exceptional circumstances’ in this policy is a matter for the decision maker to determine, but could be, for example, where there is a clear demonstrable need for

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A8 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) a development, not foreseen by the Plan, that brings significant sustainable development benefits and is consistent with national planning policy in the NPPF. The provision of affordable homes is an example of development likely to meet this definition. For clarity, areas at risk of flooding (flood zone 2 or 3) are not considered as appropriate locations for the purposes of this part of the policy.

*** the term ‘demonstration of clear local community support’ means that at the point of submitting a planning application to the Council, there should be clear evidence of local community support for the scheme, including, where appropriate, that of the applicable Parish or Town Council, generated via a thorough but proportionate pre-application consultation exercise. MM05 Policy 2: The general extent of the Green Belt will be retained. Within the Green Belt, To ensure the policy Not Significant – Settlement national planning policy will be applied including the presumption against is consistent with provides consistency Hierarchy – Part inappropriate development except in very special circumstances. Infill development national policy and 6 – Green Belt in villages in the Green Belt (i.e. covered by Green Belt policy) is defined as the will be effective. See filling of a small gap in an otherwise built up frontage – a small gap is defined as a Council’s response gap which fronts onto a highway and has a width of less than 20 metres between to Action Point 9. existing buildings.

MM06 Policy 2: 7) Flood Risk To ensure the policy Not Significant – Settlement is consistent with provides consistency Hierarchy – new The current and future challenges arising from having large areas at risk of flooding national policy and Part 7 – Flood in the Borough must be considered. National policy and guidance will be applied, will be effective for Risk including the flood risk sequential and (where necessary) exception tests. the purposes of strategic policies and Neighbourhood Plans. See Council’s response to Action Point 35. MM07 Table 2: Network Neighbourhood Shopping Parades: Small clusters or groups of shops and services Factual correction – Not Significant – (and Hierarchy) within existing residential areas – not shown on the Policies Map NSP’s are shown on provides consistency of Centres the Policies Map

MM08 Policy 2 Overall Strategy and Settlement Hierarchy Consequential Not Significant – Explanatory text amend in line with provides consistency – sub-headings Development Limits, Defined Villages and Countryside Policy Area changes to Policy 2 and movement of spatial strategy to a

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A9 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) new ‘upfront’ text box MM09 Paragraph 4.10 Doncaster’s Countryside Policy Area is defined as that outside of the Green Belt and Consequential Not Significant – beyond defined ‘Development Limits’ as shown on the Policies Map. Proposals for amends in line with provides consistency new development in the Countryside Policy Area, including those which support the changes to Policy 2. rural economy, will be supported where in accordance with Policy 26. MM10 Paragraph 4.11 It is recognised there may be opportunities to deliver sustainable proposals beyond Consequential Not Significant – the Development Limits of Defined Villages in the Countryside to enhance or amends in line with provides consistency maintain the vitality of these rural communities where they have clear local changes to Policy 2. community support. Policy 2 and 3 includes safeguards to ensure such proposals are permitted only in exceptional circumstances and are limited in terms of both individual schemes and cumulatively per village over the plan period. MM11 Paragraph 4.12 Should the Council fail to demonstrate a five year Borough housing supply, as Consequential Not Significant – measured by the Government’s Housing Delivery Test (and set out in the NPPF and amends in line with provides consistency Planning Policy Guidance), this Policy also sets out circumstances in which proposals changes to Policy 2. to develop land in the Countryside Policy Area around Level 1-3 settlements will be considered. MM12 Paragraph 4.17 The Local Plan does not repeat national flood risk policy as set out in To ensure the policy Not Significant – the NPPF. In summary, Bboth plan-making and decision-taking (including is consistent with provides consistency implementation of the Plan’s Spatial Strategy and Settlement Hierarchy) national policy – should be based on a sequential risk based approach to avoid areas of flood consequential risk through application of the sequential and, where necessary, exception change following tests… addition to Policy 2 and new part 7 as above. MM13 Paragraph 4.22 ...Although Due to their small-scale they have not been individually been identified Factual correction – Not Significant – or and shown on the Policies Map. NSP’s are shown on provides consistency the Policies Map. MM14 Policy 3: Level Policy 3: Level and Distribution of Growth (Strategic Policy) To ensure the policy Not Significant – and Distribution is consistent with provides consistency of Growth  at least 481 hectares of employment land over the plan period (2015-2035) national policy and to help grow and diversify the Sheffield City Region economy, increase productivity, that the policy will meet regeneration needs, and widen access to learning and training opportunities. be effective. See The identified land will accommodate business, light industry and manufacturing Council’s response and distribution and warehouse uses to meet future employment needs on sites to Action Points 5 with good access to the Strategic Transport Network, which that are attractive to and 78. The policy market investment and which can be accessed via a range of transport modes. A has little now in the number of sites are allocated which help meet the regeneration needs of the way of ‘distribution’ Borough; so title also revised.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A10 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification)

 a minimum of 18,400 15,640 net new homes in the remainder of the plan period (To be clear, all of 20158 – 2035 (920 per annum); with sufficient land allocated to deliver 15 years’ the Table that supply of housing (13,230, or 882 dwellings per annum, once supply in the years formed part of the 2015 – 2018 is deducted from the overall requirement). For the purposes of Policy on pages 28- calculating 5-year housing land supply, the requirement will be based on the Local 31 of the Plan is to Housing Need figure, as derived from the Standard Methodology, which will be be deleted in its reviewed and revised throughout the plan period in line with the latest household entirety.) projections and affordability ratio. As such, the housing requirement is expressed as a range with the bottom of the range being the Local Housing Need figure and the top of the range being 920 dwellings per annum;

To meet the Local Plan’s Spatial Strategy and Settlement Hierarchy, this growth is distributed as follows:

(The entire of the Table on pages 28-31 is also deleted, including footnote 5). MM15 Paragraph 4.26 The employment land requirement is evidenced in the Economic Forecasts and Factual correction to Not Significant – Housing Needs Assessment (Peter Brett Associates, May June 2018) and the dates of evidence factual correction updated Employment Land Need Assessment (ELNA) (202018) where a 1% growth base. To ensure that jobs growth rate has been factored in.…This also allows for choice, flexibility and the Plan is justified churn. The 481 ha figure is broken down into the following employment land and will be effective. requirement for the See Council’s plan period 2015 - 2035: response to Action  Office – 14 ha Points 6 and 78.  Business and industry – 124 ha  Non-strategic warehousing (B8) – 73 ha  Strategic warehousing (B8) – 271 ha  Total 482 ha (1 ha over the requirement) MM16 Paragraph 4.28 In order to help meet the economic growth and regeneration needs of the Borough Consequential Not Significant – there are a number of sites allocated through the Local Plan. These are important in amends as per provides consistency achieving the Plan’s Strategy and are linked to major transport corridors across the changes to Policy 2 Borough. There are already major schemes with permission such as at Doncaster & 3 Sheffield Airport, iPort, Unity and West Moor Park. It is imperative that all of the major schemes have economic growth and regeneration benefits which extend across the whole Borough. MM17 Paragraph 4.29 The A1(M) within Doncaster currently suffers from high levels of congestion and Consequential Not Significant – Highways England has started the lengthy process of examining proposals to make amends as per provides consistency improvements to help alleviate that congestion. Due to that, the A1(M) corridor changes to Policy 2 could not currently sustain high levels of growth, although it may be able to towards & 3

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A11 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) the end of the plan depending upon the progress on the Highways England proposals… MM18 Paragraph 4.31 As well as supporting the M18 corridor, it is necessary that land in the north of Consequential Not Significant – Doncaster is allocated to ensure economic growth and regeneration is spread across amends as per provides consistency the Borough…Land is being brought forward with a new link road as part of the Unity changes to Policy 2 mixed use scheme at Hatfield/Stainforth unlocking approximately 656ha of & 3. Factual employment land including re-using former colliery land… correction and consequential change required due to changes to paragraph 16.75 with respect to Unity employment land permission and as per representation made at Reg 19 stage. MM19 Paragraph 4.33 Although there are no strategic employment allocations within the Green Belt, the Consequential Not Significant – Local Plan supports the modest removal of Green Belt land in Edlington to support amends/ additional provides consistency the expansion of an existing business on Broomhouse Lane. In the west of the text required to Borough… align with the new policy, being ‘Policy 73: Local Business Expansion Site: Polypipe’ MM20 Paragraph 4.38 … This gives a total objectively assessed housing need (OAHN) of 92012 new homes To ensure the Plan is Not Significant – (net) per year for the Borough once economic growth is taken into account (and justified and provides consistency with a rounding up of the figure). effective – provides clarity and simplicity around the housing requirement with fewer differing housing figures now being referred to. MM21 Table 2: Doncaster Main Urban Area: Provision to meet baseline growth and 60-70% Consequential Not Significant – Settlement of local housing need and housing to meet the Borough’s economic housing amends as per provides consistency Hierarchy and growth aspirations. Total housing provision = at least 5045% of the Borough changes to Policy 2 Distribution of total. & 3 Proposed Housing

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A12 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) 7 Main Towns: Provision to meet local housing need and a share baseline growth and up to 10% of housing to meet the Borough’s economic aspirationshousing growth in each (which could be 0%). Total housing provision = about 40% of the Borough total. 10 Service Towns & Villages: Provision to predominantly meet local housing need baseline growth in each town and village. Total housing provision = about 105% of Borough total. 40 Defined villages: Limited development in accordance with Policy 1 / other Plan policies Green Belt and Green Belt settlements: development in accordance with Policy 1 and national Green Belt policy ‘Countryside Policy Area’: outside of Green Belt or Development Limits: Development in accordance with Policy 25 and, as defined in Policy 1 in appropriate locations adjacent to the development limit of a Defined Village in exceptional circumstances and subject to demonstration of clear local community support.

MM22 Paragraph 4.40 Local need (baseline) housing growth (approximately 8,775 homes) is has been To ensure that the Not Significant – distributed pro-rata (based on current settlement size) to all settlements with a Plan is justified and provides clarity “service function” to meet locally the housing growth needs of the existing effective – population. A settlement with a service function is defined as having 4 or more of simplification and the 12 key services (of which at least two are primary key services) as set out in the making clearer the Settlement Audit. The balance of the local need figure (that which relates to villages actual final without a service function) is 632 and has been added to the economic-led housing distribution of new growth element for distributedion to higher order settlements in the Borough. housing in the Plan. Where insufficient sustainable and deliverable/developable sites are found to deliver See Council’s the local need for a particular settlement, then that has been added to the economic response to Action growth-led element. Point 8. MM23 Paragraph 4.41 The economic-led element of the hHousing to meet the Borough’s economic growth To ensure that the Not Significant aspirations allocation requirement (approximately 4,905 homes) is has been Plan is justified and directed to the most sustainable and deliverable sites in the Doncaster Main Urban effective – Area and Main Towns in accordance with defined ‘growth ranges’; these ranges simplification and provide flexibility to select the most sustainable and deliverable sites across these making clearer the settlements. The flood sequential approach is has been applied to urban sites and actual final sustainable urban extensions across these settlements subject to the growth ranges. distribution of new The Settlement Audit shows that Doncaster and the seven Main Towns are larger housing in the Plan. and have a greater service function than other settlements in the Borough. 60- See Council’s 70%The majority of housing to meet the Borough’s economic growth aspirations of response to Action the economic-led housing growth is directed to the Doncaster Main Urban Area in Point 8. recognition of its status as a sub-regional centre that serves the whole Borough and Consequential

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A13 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) a wider catchment,. with a share also Up to 10% of the economic-led housing amends arising from growth is distributed to each of the seven Main Towns changes to Policy 2 – there are no targets now in the policy MM24 Paragraph 4.42 The exact distribution of the allocation of the economic-led housing growth element To ensure that the Not Significant – across the Main Urban Area and Main Towns is in accordance with the site selection Plan is justified and provides consistency methodology. This comprises a sustainability appraisal of sites but also has regard effective – to the findings of the Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment simplification and (HELAA), the distribution of existing planning permissions (that are sustainable and making clearer the deliverable), progress with neighbourhood plans, a sequential approach to flood risk actual final and the need to demonstrate exceptional circumstances to justify taking land out of distribution of new the Green Belt. Exact allocations in the Main Towns can therefore range completely housing in the Plan. from 0% to 10%. See Council’s response to Action Point 8. Also reflects changes to Policy 2. MM25 Paragraph 4.43 …development the sites are designated as ‘Reserve Potential Development Sites’… Consequential Not Significant – amends required as provides consistency per Policy 6 MM26 Paragraph 4.44 & New urban edge allocations have of necessity required land previously designated in To ensure that the Not Significant – ‘new’ Table the UDP as Green Belt or Countryside; and resulted therefore in amendments to Plan is justified and provides consistency town and village development boundaries to create new defensible boundaries. effective – and clarity Table 4 identifies the overall plan period allocation that has been made to each of simplification and tiers 1-3 of the hierarchy, and to the respective settlements. The overall allocation making clearer the accords with the distribution identified in Policy 2 for at least 45% of new homes to actual final be directed to the Doncaster Main Urban Area, approximately 40% to the Main distribution of new Towns, and about 15% to the Service Towns & Villages. Appendix 12 of the Local housing in the Plan. Plan identifies a number of indicators as part of Policy 6 (Housing Allocations) which See Council’s will be monitored throughout the plan period to check progress on how the housing response to Action supply is coming forward in line with the settlement hierarchy and requirement. This Point 8. will help to inform as to whether a review of the Plan is necessary. There are also other policies in the Plan (such as Policy 2 Part 5 - if a 5-year supply cannot be demonstrated), and/or the Housing Delivery Test, that could assist in ensuring there is a supply of housing at all times to meet the plan period requirement should sufficient sites not come forward as anticipated.

Table 4: Allocation of new Homes Across Settlement Hierarchy and Individual Settlements.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A14 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Settlement Settlement Total Total Hierarchy Allocation - Allocation - Settlement Hierarchy (%) Doncaster Main Doncaster Main Urban 7,182 7,182 Urban Area Area (45%) Main Towns Adwick-le-Street- 482 Woodlands Armthorpe 1,049 Conisbrough-Denaby 528 6,343 Dunscroft, Dunsville, 1,968 (40%) Hatfield & Stainforth Mexborough 310 Rossington 1,282 Thorne-Moorends 724 Service Towns & Askern 691 Villages Auckley-Hayfield Green 255 Barnburgh-Harlington 66 Barnby Dun 104 Bawtry 90 2,382 Carcroft-Skellow 307 (15%) Edlington 665 Finningley 50 Sprotbrough 80 Tickhill 74 TOTAL 15,907

MM27 Paragraph 4.47 Outside settlement Development Limits the land is designated Green Belt (in the Consequential Not Significant – western “half” of the Borough) or as Countryside Policy Area (in the eastern “half” of amends following provides consistency the Borough). This includes a number of small villages and hamlets without changes to Policy 2. development boundaries that are covered by Green Belt or treated as Countryside Policy Area. MM28 Paragraph 4.48 Within the Green Belt and the Countryside Policy Area development is restricted but Consequential Not Significant – will be supported in line with the NPPF and relevant Local Plan policies… amends following provides consistency changes to Policy 2. MM29 New sub-heading Approach to Housing & Neighbourhood Plans To ensure that the Not Significant – and new plan is consistent provides consistency paragraph to The Local Plan does not make specific housing requirements for individual areas. with national policy follow on after This is because the Local Plan identifies sufficient sites overall to meet its housing and as identified in

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A15 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) current allocation requirements, and does not rely on neighbourhood plans making the Council’s paragraph 4.48 additional housing allocations therefore. Given national guidance is clear that the response to PQ6. Council should seek to avoid conflicts where possible between respective plans, and avoid duplication of the process, a number of sites allocated in the Local Plan have already been identified as allocations in ‘made’ and emerging neighbourhood plans. Whilst there is no requirement for neighbourhood plans to allocate housing sites, they are able to identify additional housing sites if they wish to do so, and provided that they are in general conformity with the strategic policies in the Local Plan. MM30 New paragraph to GVA were appointed in 2015 to prepare the Retail, Leisure and Town Centre Study To ensure that the Not Significant – follow on after and it is used to help inform the Local Plan. The Study undertakes town centre explanatory text provides clarity current checks; looks at shopping patterns; examines retail capacity; and makes strategic refers to all the paragraph 4.50 recommendations on future needs for both convenience and comparison goods. evidence base and MM31 Paragraph 4.51 …However, the sequential test set out in national policy (and Policy 23) will need to to make sure the Not Significant – be undertaken before such developments can be supported (exceptions set out in Plan is effective with provides clarity Policy 7). respect to Policy 7. See Council’s response to Action Point 48. MM32 Paragraph 4.52 Retail, leisure, offices, culture and tourism will be directed according to the ‘network To ensure that the Not Significant - – of centres’, as set out in Policies 2 and 3. Proposals will also be assessed against Plan is justified and provides consistency policies in Chapters 8 and 16. A new mixed use development at Doncaster Sheffield will be effective. See Airport (Policy 7) will, upon substantial completion, become a new town centre Council’s response (subject to future assessment of the final scheme). to Action Point 48. MM33 Policy 4: In accordance with Policy 34, the sites shown in Table 4 below and set out in Tables To ensure the Not Significant – Employment E1 to E8, and on the Policies Map, will be allocated for employment uses in accordance policies are provides consistency Allocations – with the following principles: consistent with Preamble and national policy Part A A) Only research and development, light industrial business (B1 b/c), general following the industry (B2) and storage and distribution (B8) uses will be permitted… changes to the Use B) Classes Order - September 2020 MM34 Policy 4: Table X identifies a site, as shown on the Policies Map, as a designated Potential To ensure the policy Not Significant – Employment Development Site. The site is suitable for employment development but not is justified and provides additional Allocations (New currently considered developable in the plan period. Employment development will effective. See clarity and paragraph at end be supported in accordance with policies of the Local Plan, and with regard to the Council’s response consistency of the policy if developer requirements set out in Appendix 1, and will be additional to the allocated to Action Point 80. Carcroft Common land supply. Proposals that would remove the anticipated employment potential will is deleted as an not normally be supported unless it is demonstrated that employment is unlikely to ever be viable.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A16 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Employment Allocation) MM35 Paragraph 4.58 The north of the Borough remains a priority for identifying new economic To ensure the policy Not Significant – (if Carcroft opportunities and careful consideration is required to make best use of existing non- is justified and provides additional Common remains Green Belt sites at and close to Carcroft Industrial Estate. These are linked to effective. See clarity and as an potential road improvements from the A1(M) and A19. A mixture of private and Council’s response consistency Employment public investment would be needed over the long term to improve accessibility to to Action Point 80. Allocation) new potential employment areas and mitigate flood-risk impacts. The first phase of the Carcroft Common site (i.e. the 12 hectares achievable in the plan period on the northern ‘half’ of the allocation) can be accessed directly from Bentley Moor Lane itself, and through making use of existing capacity in the highway network. A Transport Assessment and Travel Plan would be required to demonstrate the site can be developed in advance of the Council’s longer-term infrastructure aspirations OR for the area, such as the A1(M)-A19 Link Road being implemented. This is to ensure the site can come forward with safe and suitable access, and without detriment to Paragraph 4.58 the surrounding highways network. (if Carcroft Common is A mixture of private and public sector investment would be needed over the long deleted as an term to improve accessibility to the new potential employment areas and mitigate Employment flood-risk impacts. For this reason, the Local Plan identifies Carcroft Common as a Allocation) Potential Development Site. Any development will be additional to the allocations capacity. Applications for employment uses will be approved where flood risk sequential test, as well as any other development requirements, can be satisfactorily addressed. MM36 Table 4.1: Table 4.1: Potential Development Site To ensure the policy Not Significant – Potential is justified and provides additional Development Site effective. See clarity and (New table if Ref Address/ Location Gross Site Council’s response consistency Carcroft Common Area (Ha) to Action Point 80. is deleted as an 441 Land at Carcroft Common, Carcroft 49.28 Employment Allocation) MM37 Table following Table 6: Employment Allocations with Planning Permission To ensure the Plan is Not Significant – paragraph 4.60 justified. See provides consistency (Now labelled Council’s response ‘Table 6’) to Action Point 38.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A17 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Settlement Employme Number Remaining Area to be nt of Sites Area for Developed Allocation Employment in the s with Use (Ha) as at Remainder Planning 01/04/2018 of the Plan Permissio Period (Ha) n (as at 1 April 01/04/20 18) Doncaster Main Table E1 5 18.81 18.81 Urban Area

Armthorpe Table E2 2 43.03 43.03 Dunscroft, Table E3 1 66.00 33.60 Dunsville, Hatfield & Stainforth

Rossington Table E4 1 79.00 79.00 Thorne & Table E5 2 9.04 9.04 Moorends Askern Table E6 1 2.27 2.27 Auckley & Table E7 2 14.85 14.85 Hayfield Green

Edlington Table E8 1 0.74 0.74 BOROUGH TOTAL 15 233.75 201.35

MM38 Paragraphs 4.62 4.62. Employment use for the purposes of the policy are as follows – based To ensure the Not Significant – & 4.63 on the Use Classes Order 1987 (as amended 1 September 2020): policies are provides consistency consistent with B1a: Business - Offices other than those within A2; national policy B1b: Business - Research and development of products or following the processes; changes to the Use B1c: Business - Light Industry; Classes Order - B2: General Industrial; and September 2020

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A18 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) B8: Storage and distribution E g: Offices, research and development, or light industrial.

4.63. Office B1a uses are considered town centres uses within national policy. Therefore such proposals must satisfy the requirements set out in Policy 23. However, in some cases (such as airport related offices and ancillary offices) they may be appropriately located on employment sites. MM39 Policy 5: Buildings or land the use of which fall within Use Classes B2 and/or B8 To ensure the Not Significant – Employment within Employment Policy Areas, as defined on the Policies Map, will policies are provides consistency Policy Areas continue to be supported primarily for these employment uses. Where consistent with possible existing land and premises used for offices, research and national policy development and light industrial (Use Class E (g)) will be retained. following the changes to the Use The Council will consider the use of planning conditions for applications Classes Order - which are for offices, research and development or light industrial uses (Use September 2020 Class E (g)) to ensure that they remain within that use in perpetuity.

Other uses will be supported within Employment Policy Areas provided the following criteria are satisfied:

A) iIt can be clearly demonstrated they support the existing or permitted employment uses on the site; or

B) tThey are a specialist use appropriate to the site; or

C) aAre a mix of commercial and/or community uses that provide clear additional benefits to the community.

If one of the above criteria is are satisfied, the following should be demonstrated:

D) aAlternative employment sites are accessible from the locality which are suitable in terms of quality and quantity so as to ensure there is still easy access to employment uses;

E) tThe proposed use is appropriate in terms of scale, design and location will not adversely affect the operation of adjacent employment land or uses through environmental, amenity or traffic problems; and

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A19 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification)

F) tThere is compelling evidence that the buildings or land site are is no longer viable for B2, B8 or E (g). employment use.

MM40 Paragraph 4.65 Employment Policy Areas play an important role in ensuring that there is a range of To ensure the Not Significant – employment land and buildings available to meet employment needs. It is important policies are provides consistency that these sites are retained whilst having regard to the NPPF which states that The consistent with NPPF is clear that employment land should not be protected for employment use if national policy there is no reasonable prospect of the land being used for that purpose and that following the applications for alternative uses of land or buildings should be treated on their changes to the Use merits. Classes Order - September 2020 MM41 Paragraph 4.66 B1b/c, Research and development and light industrial, General industrial (B2) and To ensure the Not Significant – Storage and Distribution (B8) uses will normally be permitted on these sites Any policies are provides consistency planning application on Employment Policy Areas will need to consider if a but a consistent with greater level of mitigation is may be required for new proposals to ensure the national policy amenity of surrounding uses are taken into account… following the changes to the Use Classes Order - September 2020 MM42 Paragraph 4.67 This policy seeks to ensure that any loss of employment land or buildings still To ensure the Not Significant – provides additional benefits to the community in which it is located. policies are provides consistency consistent with national policy following the changes to the Use Classes Order - September 2020 MM43 Paragraph 4.68 It is imperative that there is compelling evidence that clearly shows that the building To ensure the Not Significant – or land site is no longer viable for employment use. The applicant will need to policies are provides consistency demonstrate that the building or land site or premises has been marketed to the consistent with Council’s satisfaction for at least 12 months. This should include traditional and web- national policy based marketing as well as regular advertisement in local, regional and national following the publications as appropriate. In additional to this, opportunities to re-let the building changes to the Use premises need to be fully explored. It should be demonstrated that the building or Classes Order - land premises or site have been marketed at a price commensurate with market September 2020 values (based on evidence from recent and similar transactions and deals). It should also been demonstrated that the terms and conditions set out in the lease are

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A20 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) reasonable and attractive to potential business and that no reasonable offer has been refused. MM44 Paragraph 4.69 In the past Tthe Borough has seen increased pressure on employment sites for To ensure the Not Significant – community, leisure, specialist retail uses (such as car or caravan showrooms) and policies are provides consistency service uses which do not have specific allocations or which prefer to be on consistent with employment sites where business needs are met. However, these uses will only be national policy permitted where relevant considerations have been addressed such as proving following the demand for the use, passing a sequential test (if relevant), addressing highways and changes to the Use parking issues and environmental health concerns. It is recognised that the changes Classes Order - to the Use Class Order which came into effect on 1 September now mean that some September 2020 uses no longer require planning permission to change to a different use. MM45 Policy 6: Housing Tables H2(A-Q) of Chapter 16 identify sites without planning permission (as at To ensure that the Not Significant – Allocations – 1/4/2018) as Housing (or Mixed-use including housing) Allocations that will help policy is justified and provides consistency paragraphs 3 and deliver the housing requirement. They will be developed in accordance with having effective. See and clarity 5 regard to both the specified developer requirements set out in Appendix 2 and other Council’s response relevant policies of the Local Plan and for the indicative number of homes specified to Action Point 19. in Tables H2(A-Q) and at Appendix 2.; pProposals for lower or higher densities will be supported where this would assist in the delivery of a better design solution.

Tables H3 (A-E) of Chapter 16 identify sites, shown the Policies Map, as designated Reserve Potential Development Sites. MM46 Paragraph 4.71 Policiesy 2 and 3 sets the minimum housing requirement of 15,640 net new Consequential Not Significant – dwellings (or 920 net new dwellings per annum) as a range over the remaining 20 amends following provides consistency 17 year plan period, commits to allocating housing sites to at least deliver 15 years’ changes to Policy 3 worth of land against the top end of the range meet this requirement and sets out and Table 5 and to the distribution of these allocations. Allocations have been selected having regard to make the Plan the spatial strategy Policies 3 and 4 and the findings of the site selection clearer and simpler methodology. Land sufficient to meet the requirement from the remaining 2 years of with respect to the plan period is also identified. housing requirement and supply. See Council’s response to Action Point 14. MM47 Paragraph 4.73 Of the settlements identified for an indicative housing allocation in line with the Consequential Not Significant – spatial strategy and settlement hierarchy Policies 2 and 3, 127 sites with planning amends following provides consistency permission with a combined capacity of 9,149318 dwellings have been found changes to Policy 3 through the Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment 2018 (HELAA) to and Table 5 and to be deliverable and/or developable in the first 15 years of the plan period. One Two make the Plan very large permissioned sites (Unity Regeneration Project – see Policy 70) are has clearer and simpler also been found to still be delivering in the last 2 years of the plan period (and even with respect to

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A21 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) beyond in one case) with an additional supply of 230140 dwellings in years 2033- housing requirement 2035 of the plan period. Permissions that had not formally commenced as at 1 April and supply. See 2018 have all been assessed through the Ssite Sselection Mmethodology (2019) as Council’s response meeting the sustainability objectives and Local Plan objectives. They are therefore to Action Point 14. allocated to help deliver the housing requirement. In summary, the plan period supply from permissioned sites 5+ net units remaining equates to 9,289 dwellings (with a further supply beyond the plan period of 2,085 dwellings). MM48 Paragraph 4.74 The remaining permissions on sites 5+ units at the Defined Villages and those of 1-4 Consequential Not Significant – units throughout the Borough are not specifically allocated through the Plan, but amends following provides consistency have a combined capacity of 585 dwellings and is these will form an additional changes to Policy 3 potential housing land supply (over and above the allocated supply) to help address and Table 5 and to the additional 2 years of the plan period requirement. make the Plan clearer and simpler with respect to housing requirement and supply. See Council’s response to Action Point 14. MM49 Paragraph 4.75 …Of the supply not permissioned as at 1 April 2018, it identifies a Consequential Not Significant deliverable/developable supply far greater than the 175 year plan period amends following requirement, with a further supply for the last 2 years of the plan period… changes to Policy 3 and Table 5 and to make the Plan clearer and simpler with respect to housing requirement and supply. See Council’s response to Action Point 14. MM50 Paragraph 4.76 … Additional to the supply from permissions, the Local Plan makes a further 52 Consequential Not Significant – housing allocations that equates to a total capacity of 6,825718 dwellings, of which amends following provides consistency the vast majority (6,350618 units) are developable within the first 15 years. A changes to Policy 3 further 217 dwellings are anticipated during the last 2 years of the plan period, with and Table 5 and to the remaining 151207 units falling beyond the plan period. make the Plan clearer and simpler with respect to housing requirement and supply. See

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A22 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Council’s response to Action Point 14. MM51 Paragraph 4.77 Combined with the supply from permissioned sites, including small sites across the Consequential Not Significant – Borough and larger sites at the Defined Villages, the Local Plan identifies amends following provides consistency 16,49215,668 new dwellings in the first 15 year period of the plan period (2018- changes to Policy 3 20353). However, this total does not account for some settlement’s supply being and Table 5 and to higher than the requirement set out in Policy 3. When supply from allocated sites is make the Plan capped at the top of the range for the Main Towns (or in the case of the Service clearer and simpler Towns and Villages where the local housing need target is met) the capacity equates with respect to to 13,405 new dwellings compared to the 15 year residual allocation requirement of housing requirement 13,235. Uncapped supply equates to a further 2,262 dwellings during the 15-year and supply. See allocated period. A further 447 new homes are anticipated during the last 2 years of Council’s response the plan period from allocated sites and a supply beyond the plan period of 2,236 to Action Point 14. units. Furthermore, there is a supply beyond the plan period of 2,236292 units (usually very large sites that are estimated will not completely build out in the plan period) but it is possible that this additional capacity could come forward sooner. This supply does not however include an allowance for windfalls whereby a further 3,000 new homes are identified as contributing towards the requirement (see paragraph 4.78 for this). Table 5 identifies a plan period housing supply of 19,492 net new dwellings compared to a plan period requirement of 15,640 new homes (which is 3,852 dwellings greater, or a supply in excess of nearly 25% compared to the requirement). The combined capacity of Allocations from Tables H1 & H2 = 18,351 which is 22% over and above the residual housing requirement. MM52 Figure 3: Local Delete the following Trajectory To ensure that the Not Significant –

Plan Housing plan is effective – provides consistency Trajectory revisions to align the and clarity current trajectory to the changes to Policy 3 (removal of the range) and the supply as per the revisions to Table 5 (see below) and include additional sources (windfall, commitments from Defined Villages and small sites 1-4 units). See Council’s

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A23 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) response to Action Point 17.

Replace with the following Trajectory alongside a new table setting out the headline figures that are portrayed by it

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A24 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 TOTAL / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 Net Completi 1 1 1 ons , , , (1 April 1 0 1 2015 - 31 7 5 7 March 0 7 3 2018)

Planning Permissi on Supply (Tables 1 2 1 H1 + , , , 9 7 6 5 4 4 3 3 3 2 1 7 7 7 Supply 2 0 1 4 5 3 8 4 2 8 1 0 3 2 9,874 0 0 0 from 4 9 7 6 8 0 7 5 0 2 5 5 8 5 Defined 8 3 2 Villages + Small Sites 1-4 Units) Allocatio 1 ns 5 6 5 , 9 6 5 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Supply 0 0 7 9 5 0 8 8 0 4 7 7 7 6 4 4 4 6,630 (Tables 9 0 1 9 5 9 1 8 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 H2) 2 Windfall allowanc 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 e 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3,400 (200dpa) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Local Plan Housing 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 Require 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 18,400 ment – 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Upper Range (920dpa) 5-Year Require 6 6 6 6 6 ment 0 0 0 0 0 3,040 (608dpa - 8 8 8 8 8 1 April 2019 - 31

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A25 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) March 2024)

Local Housing Need Require ment – 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Bottom 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 8,848 Range 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 (553dpa as at 1 April 2019)

MM53 Paragraph 4.81 … National policy requires at least 10% of the housing requirement to To ensure the plan is Not Significant – be allocated identified on sites up to 1 hectare in size in the Local Plan, and/or consistent with provides consistency identified in Brownfield Land Registers. 99 96 of the allocations identified on the national policy and Policies Map are on sites up to 1 hectare in size and equate to as identified in the 1,297 311 dwellings. The Local Plan’s housing requirement for the remainder of the Council’s response 20-year plan period is 15,640 dwellings expressed as a range. Compared to the top to PQ31 and Action of the range so this represents 78.4% of the requirement. Further to this, the 20198 Point 14. Brownfield Land Register identifies an additional 6510 sites totalling 1,009142 units on sites less than 1 hectare in size which are not proposed as allocations. Collectively this equates to a total of 14.88% of the plan period requirement of 15,640 dwellings being on small sites less than 1 hectare in size. The next update to the Brownfield Register will commit to identify additional small sites to make good the 2% shortfall. MM54 Paragraph 4.82 Reserve Potential Development Sites have a capacity of 1,4838 dwellings… To ensure the plan is Not Significant – justified and presentational effective. Responds to a typo as identified in CSD6. MM55 Paragraph 4.83 The Council will maintain a 5-yYear dDeliverable hHousing lLand sSupply throughout Consequential Not Significant – the plan period with the requirement being based on the plan period’s 15,640 net amends following technical clarification new dwellings Local Housing Need for Doncaster calculated using the Standard changes to Policy 3 Methodology, and taking into account any shortfall or over supply against the plan (removal of the period requirement from the start of the plan period in 20185. Any shortfall that range) and to make needs to be made good will be spread across the remainder of the plan period (i.e. the Plan clearer and using the ‘Liverpool’ method). The 5-yYear dDeliverable hHousing lLand sSupply will simpler with respect also have the appropriate buffer applied calculated by reference to national policy to housing and guidance. In line with national policy, demonstration of a 5-yYear dDeliverable requirement and

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A26 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) hHousing lLand sSupply (incorporating a 10% buffer) as part of the Local Plan supply. See examination and adoption process, allows for the supply to be fixed for the following Council’s response year from the date of the Plan’s adoption for the appropriate period as set out in to Action Points 14 national policy. The Council has demonstrated through the examination process that and 16. there is a 5-year requirement for the period 1 April 2019-31 March 2024 of 4,923 dwellings (or 985dpa). This includes the appropriate 10% buffer and factored in completions from year 1 of the plan period which were in excess of the 920dpa annualised average. Following robust discounting of supply first and foremost, followed by a generous non-implementation allowance of 10% across the supply, a 5-year supply of 6,929 dwellings were demonstrated as being deliverable. This included a total windfall allowance of 600 dwellings for the final 3 years of the period, and so as to avoid double counting with extant permissions. This equates to a 7.03 year deliverable housing land supply. Windfalls have been a significant supply of housing completions for many years (source: Residential Land Availability Reports) averaging 419 per year 1999-2011; 543 per year 2004-11; and 494 per year 2011-15. Excluding windfalls on garden land, windfalls 2011-15 averaged 424. The allocated plan period supply has not been reduced to make included an allowance for windfalls over the plan period of 3,000 dwellings, which is based on 200 per annum from 2020 to avoid double counting with the supply from small sites 1-4 units and at the Defined Villages already contributing towards the supply. and so all windfalls will be additional land supply to meet the plan period requirement. Windfalls will, however, also make a significant contribution to 5-year deliverable supply (although the calculation is also adjusted to avoid double counting with extant small permissions at the start of the 5 year period and to exclude windfalls on residential garden land). MM56 Paragraph 4.85 …The overall allocation (plan period supply) that is on brownfield sites is 421% Consequential Not Significant – (6,608 dwellings). amends following provides consistency changes to Policy 3 and Table 5 and to make the Plan clearer and simpler with respect to housing requirement and supply. See Council’s response to Action Point 14. MM57 Paragraph 4.86 The following Table X sets out a summary of the allocated housing supply by Consequential Not Significant – and Table settlement and provides links to Tables H1, H2 and H3 which are set out in detail at amends following provides consistency Chapter 16. changes to Policy 3

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A27 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) and Table 5 and to Table X: Allocated Housing Supply Summary by Settlement make the Plan Settlemen Hou Plan Housin Plan Total Potent clearer and simpler t sing Period g Period Plan ial with respect to housing requirement Alloc Supply Allocati Supply Period Reserv and supply. See atio from ons from Supply e Council’s response ns Housin withou Housin from Develo to Action Point 15. with g t g Housin pment Plan Allocati Planni Allocati g Sites ning ons ng ons Allocati Per with Permis withou ons miss Planni sion t with ion ng (as at Planni and (as Permis 01/04 ng withou at sion /2018) Permis t 01/0 (as at sion Plannin 4/20 01/04 (as at g 18) /2018) 01/04 Permis /2018) sion (as at 01/04/ 2018) Doncaster Table 3,489 Table 3,693 7,182 Table Main Urban H1(A H2(A) H3(A) Area )

Adwick & Table 437 Table 45 482 n/a Woodlands H1 H2 (B) (B)

Armthorpe Table 486 Table 563 1,049 n/a H1(C H2(C) )

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A28 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Conisbroug Table 203 Table 325 528 Table h & Denaby H1(D H2(D) H3(B) )

Dunscroft, Table 1,860 Table 108 1,968 n/a Dunsville, H1(E H2(E) Hatfield & ) Stainforth Mexboroug Table 108 Table 202 310 Table h H1(F H2(F) H3(C) )

Rossington Table 897 Table 385 1,282 n/a H1(G H2(G) )

Thorne & Table 391 Table 333 724 n/a Moorends H1(H H2(H) )

Askern Table 564 Table 127 691 Table H1(I) H2(I) H3(D)

Auckley & Table 115 Table 140 255 n/a Hayfield H1(J) H2(J) Green Barnburgh n/a 0 Table 66 66 n/a & H2(K) Harlington Barnby Dun Table 6 Table 98 104 n/a H1(K H2(L) )

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A29 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Bawtry Table 54 Table 36 90 n/a H1(L H2(M) )

Carcroft & Table 7 Table 300 307 Table Skellow H1(M H2(N) H3(E) )

Edlington Table 622 Table 43 665 n/a H1(N H2(O) )

Finningley Table 50 n/a 0 50 n/a H1(O )

Sprotbroug n/a 0 Table 80 80 n/a h H2(P)

Tickhill n/a 0 Table 74 74 n/a H2(Q)

BOROUGH n/a 9,289 n/a 6,618 15,907 n/a TOTAL

MM58 Table 5: Table 5: Summary of Plan Period Housing Requirement and Supply Position To ensure that the Not Significant – Summary of Requirement plan is effective – provides consistency Housing additional text to and clarity Requirement and The annual housing requirement is a minimum of expressed as a range with clarify/make clearer Supply Position the bottom of the range being our Local Housing Need (as calculated via the what the plan period standard methodology and updated throughout the plan period as new supply of housing is, household projections and affordability ratios are published) with the top of including from the range being 15,640 new homes (net) over the plan period 20158 – 2035, additional sources. or an annualised average of 920 (net) dwellings (20 years) as follows:. See Council’s response to AP13. It is proposed that the bottom of the range will be used for the purposes of calculating 5-year housing land supply, but that allocations will be made

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A30 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) through the Local Plan at the top of the range to reflect economic growth ambitions and investment in planned infrastructure.

Therefore in summary:

 The plan period requirement is 20 x 920 = 18,400.  Net completions first 3 years of the plan period (2015 – 2018) = 3,400.  Residual requirement for remaining 17 years (2018 – 2035) = 15,000 or 882dpa.  The allocations requirement for the first 15 year period (2018-2033) = 13,235*.

Supply

 The Allocations plan period supply from Tables H1 (sites with permission) = 9,548.  The Allocations plan period supply from Tables H2 (sites without permission) = 6,567.  Total Allocations plan period supply = 16,115 (7% above the residual allocation requirement).  The Allocations post-plan period supply from Tables H1 (sites with permission) = 2,085.  The Allocations post-plan period supply from Tables H2 (sites without permission) = 151.  Permissions as at 1/4/2018 that are not included in the allocation supply = 585.  Reserved Sites Potential Capacity = 1,483.  Any windfalls will also be additional to the allocated supply as set pot above.

*This figure has been rounded up from 13,230 (882 x 15) as the residual requirement is actually 882.35dpa.

 Allocations with planning permission on 1 April 2018: 9,289  Other sites with planning permission on 1 April 2018: 585  Allocations without planning permission on 1 April 2018: 6,618

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A31 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification)  Windfalls: 3,000  Total supply expected 2018 to 2035: 19,492

MM59 Figure 4: Key Amend the Key Diagram consistent to the changes made to road and rail schemes To ensure that the Not Significant – Diagram through Policy 7 and as follows: Plan is consistent provides consistency with national policy Current: and justified. See Council’s response to Action point 57.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A32 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Revised:

MM60 Policy 7: Policy 7: Doncaster Sheffield Airport Policy Area and Business Park To ensure the policy Not Significant – Doncaster (Strategic Policy) is effective and as technical clarification Sheffield Airport identified in the – Policy Title, Growth and investment at Doncaster Sheffield Airport (within the Airport Policy Council’s response Preamble & Part aAreas defined on the Policies Map), will be supported to enable its development and to FPQ – Doncaster A expansion in line with the following principles: Sheffield Airport

A) Aviation uses and infrastructure required for the safe operation and growth of theoperational passenger and freight airport uses at the Aairport will be supported within the airport operational area, as defined on the Policies Map,. will be supported. In this Within the airport operational area the following new or enhanced infrastructure will be supported: MM61 Policy 7: B) Aviation related development will be permitted within the Aairport Operational To ensure the policy Not Significant – Doncaster aArea (as shown on the Policies Map). is effective and as technical clarification

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A33 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Sheffield Airport identified in the –Part B Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM62 Policy 7: C) Site 517 is allocated within the Airport Operational Area for new airside4 To ensure the policy Not Significant – Doncaster employment and operational uses only, including: is effective and as concerns airport- Sheffield Airport identified in the specific development –Part C (New) 1. new air cargo transit sheds; Council’s response necessary for 2. a new aircraft ‘Maintenance, Repair and Overhaul’ (MRO) campus and to FPQ – Doncaster operational advanced manufacturing research centre; and Sheffield Airport efficiency, reflecting 3. other aviation related development, including aircraft hangars, necessary the findings of the to be located within the Airport Operational Area. Publication SA that: ”growth and Footnote development at the ‘Airside’ refers to land within the Airport Operational Area airport has significant benefits not just for the airport and immediate surrounding area but the wider Borough. There is provision in the policy for appropriate safeguarding of environmental and cultural heritage resources.” MM63 Policy 7: D) Employment (B1 a (airport related offices only, research and development of To ensure the policy Not Significant – Doncaster products and processes, industrial processes, general industrial and storage is effective and as technical clarification Sheffield Airport or distribtuion) /b/c, B2 and B8) uses will be supported on land allocated at identified in the –Part D (was C) the Airport (S allocated site 748 & B1 b/c, B2 and B8 research and Council’s response development of products and processes, industrial processes, general to FPQ – Doncaster industrial and storage or distribution on allocated site 941) subject to the Sheffield Airport and requirements of Policy 4. to reflect changes to the Use Classes Order – September 2020

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A34 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM64 Policy 7: E) Additionally, Ffurther employment development will be supported within To ensure the policy Not Significant – Doncaster Employment Policy Areas within the Airport Policy Area for: is effective and as provides clarity Sheffield Airport identified in the –Part E (was D) Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM65 Policy 7: F) An area of 105.5 hectares (as shown on the Policies Map as sites 940 E1; 940 To ensure the policy Not Significant – Doncaster E2 & 940 E3) and which includes existing woodlands) is identified as for a is effective and as technical clarification Sheffield Airport potential housing-led mixed use development to support the growth of identified in the –Part F (was E) Doncaster Sheffield Airport, help the airport to realise its economic potential Council’s response and to create the sustainable co-location of employment uses, housing (linked to FPQ – Doncaster to the delivery of jobs), and retail and commercial elements within the Airport Sheffield Airport and Policy Area urban extension on land to the south-west of Hayfield Green and Action Point 47. to the west of Doncaster Sheffield Airport, as per Parts 1 – 3 below. These areas will form part of a masterplan exercise (see Part K below) ensuring a co-ordinated and integrated approach to place making which links the individual components together:

1. 10 hectares of land east of Poplars Farm and south of the Airport Access Road (as shown on the Policies Map as site 940 E1) is allocated to as a central area of retail, commercial and business uses, known as ‘the Plaza’. Within this area will be a new town centre, with approximately 8,500sqm of retail, food and drink and leisure floorspace; about 8,900sqm of hotel floorspace; approximately 13,600sqm of airport related office floorspace (or offices for businesses who wish to take advantage of being close to an airport); approximately 150 upper floor apartments as well as other accommodate a central area of retail, food and drink, hotel and other commercial and community uses and ancillary development to serve the needs of existing and future residents, employment areas and users/staff of the airport. This area will also include a carefully designed public realm, landscaping, public open spaces and pedestrianised areas to ensure a high quality and distinctive area which reflects the areas significance as an international gateway to Doncaster. Design will also ensure clear means by which this site will connect to, and can be accessed from, adjacent housing and employment sites to prevent piecemeal development or stand-alone retail development. The Plaza development should be the subject of a comprehensive planning application for the whole site, and this must be accompanied by a retail assessment to ensure the proposals do not have

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A35 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) a significant adverse impact on the Borough’s other town centres. Should any subsequent planning application propose a material increase in the scale of proposals, it should be supported by a new retail assessment. Upon substantial completion, the Plaza will assume town centre status and will ultimately be designated as a town centre in accordance with Table 2.

2. 11 hectares of land east of Hurst Lane (as shown on the Policies Map as Site 940 E2) is allocated for housing to accommodate up to 280 dwellings to support initial phases of airport expansion and employment growth.

3. An additional area of approximately 70 hectares (as shown on the Policies Map as site 940 E3) is proposed as an Airport Reserve Housing Site and could accommodate up to 920 houses. The release of housing on this site will be phased is conditional, and being strictly tied to the robustly evidenced delivery of jobs in line with the Aairport Ggrowth Pplan and as set out in part F G below. MM66 Policy 7: G) Any release of housing in excess of the 280 dwellings allocated on site 940 To ensure the policy Not Significant – Doncaster (E2) to support the initial next phases of airport expansion and employment is effective and as technical clarification Sheffield Airport growth will only be permitted on site 940 (E3) in line with the following identified in the –Part G (was F) principles and mechanisms: Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster 1. The number of jobs created to trigger the release of housing will be on the Sheffield Airport and ratio of 0.11 houses for every job created, up to a maximum of 1,200 Action Point 50. houses. This will be net additional jobs in addition to the number of jobs identified by the Council as existing at the Aairport as at 202052018, plus an annualised share in lieu of the initial tranche of 280 houses, as below.

2. The allocation of 280 houses will be permitted on land specified in the Policies Map site 940 (E2) in lieu of 2,54515 FTE jobs in addition to the existing jobs at the Aairport. The delivery of the 2,545 jobs to account for the initial housing allocation will be annualised out across the 175 years remaining in the plan period (201820 – 2035, or a rate of 1750 jobs expected per annum – this is called the annualised share). For further housing to be released, the applicant must clearly demonstrate that the level of jobs at the Aairport as at April 202018 has been maintained, and on average, 17050 net additional jobs per annum have been created and

15 280 houses = 2545 jobs using a ratio of 0.11:1

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A36 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) sustained in addition to this, at the point of application. If this can be demonstrated, then any jobs delivered above this figure will trigger a release of housing on the ratio of 0.11 houses per extra job above that owed in lieu on site 940 (E3).

3. Evidence of the number of additional jobs created (releasing up to a maximum total of 920 houses in addition to the initial 280 houses – a maximum of 1,200 houses overall), must be submitted alongside any planning application for residential development within the Airport Reserve Housing Site site 940 (E3). This evidence will be reviewed in an independent report commissioned by the Council and paid for by the applicant. For further housing to be supported, the evidence will need to clearly demonstrate and quantify the provision of net additional full time equivalent jobs delivered on within the Airport Policy Area site, or via jobs specifically and clearly related to Doncaster Sheffield Airport within the Borough, over and above the number of jobs existing at the Aairport as at 202018 plus the annualised share to account for the initial tranche of 280 dwellings, with clear evidence that the additional jobs have already been delivered. To be clear, jobs are net, and therefore based on a running total factoring in gains and losses. MM67 Policy 7: H) Development supporting aviation heritage and training will be located at land To ensure the policy Not Significant – Doncaster north of Hayfield Lane (as shown on the Policies Map as ‘Community Facilities: is effective and as technical clarification Sheffield Airport Vulcan Hangar and Training Centre’). identified in the –Part H (was G) Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM68 Policy 7: I) Access to the Airport must be shown to be compatible with an up to date To ensure the policy Not Significant – Doncaster Airport Surface Access Strategy (ASAS) to enable easy access through a is effective and as technical clarification Sheffield Airport range of travel modes from the Borough, City Region and the wider region. identified in the –Part I (was H) Council’s response Any additional airport passenger car parking to meet the demand of users of to FPQ – Doncaster the airport and businesses should be provided on-site within the Airport Sheffield Airport and Policy Area, having regard to improving opportunities to travel to the airport Action Point 52. by sustainable modes linked to increasing use of public transport. There will be a presumption against provision of airport car parking in off-site locations outside the area of the aAirport Policy Areagrowth plan.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A37 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM69 Policy 7: J) The community rail station (on the Lincoln Line and as shown on the Policies Map) To ensure that the Not Significant – Doncaster will continue to be protected for such uses. In relation to transport infrastructure, policy is consistent provides consistency Sheffield Airport the following new or enhanced infrastructure related to the airport will be supported: with national policy –Part J (was I) and justified. See 1. A new electrified main line rail connection and railway station at Doncaster Council’s response Sheffield Airport, connecting the airport onto the East Coast Main Line. to Action Points 54 2. Improved access to the M18 from the airport site. and 85. MM70 Policy 7: K) In the interests of ensuring a holistic approach to development, mitigating To ensure the policy Not Significant – Doncaster potential impacts and achieving a high quality, well designed and sustainable place, is effective and as technical clarification Sheffield Airport Ddevelopment proposals must be informed by comprehensive airport area-wide identified in the –Part K (was J) masterplanning (henceforth known as the ‘masterplan exercise’). This must include Council’s response production of an agreed design code for the housing areas south of the Airport to FPQ – Doncaster Access Road / Great Way (Sites 940 E1; E2; & E3), to be prepared in Sheffield Airport and advance of any development on this land. The masterplan exercise and design code Action Point 49. must be prepared in collaboration with the Council, landowners, airport operator, with the wider engagement of stakeholders and the local community, with further details about component parts provided in paragraphs 5.15 – 5.32 below. MM71 Policy 7: L) Development proposals must satisfy the requirements of all other relevant To ensure the policy Not Significant – Doncaster policies of the Development Plan and respect the following specific is effective and as technical clarification Sheffield Airport development guidelines: identified in the –Part L (new & Council’s response what was J1-3) 1. Within the Public Safety Zones adjacent to the airport runway, as to FPQ – Doncaster identified on the Policies Map, there is a general presumption against Sheffield Airport new development, unless the proposal accords with guidance in DfT circular 1/2010 or any successor guidance. 1. Within the following safeguarding areas (as shown on the Policies Map) planning applications are required to be the subject of consultation with the Aairport:  the established official safeguarding plan for the airport;  13 km radius bird strike hazard area for development proposals likely to attract birds (as shown on the Policies Map); and  A building and structure height safeguarding area of 15km with some extensions to the north and south related to take offs and landings (as shown on the Policies Map)7, and  a 30 km radius circle of critical airspace centred on the Aairport (which covers the whole of the Borough) that needs to be safeguarded against any harmful effects of wind farms.8

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A38 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Footnote 7 - This includes land both inside and outside of the Borough. The Policies Map only shows the portion of this radius within Doncaster. Footnote 8 - As this covers and applies to the whole Borough, it is not shown on the Policies Map. MM72 Policy 7: M) Development at within the aAirport Policy Areasite will be informed by a To ensure the policy Not Significant – Doncaster Green Infrastructure (GI) Strategy which protects the component assets and is effective and as technical clarification Sheffield Airport enhances the GI network through planned interventions (e.g. habitat identified in the –Part M (was K) creation and restoration) and appropriate land management. The GI Council’s response Strategy will be developed in conjunction with the Local Authority and other to FPQ – Doncaster relevant stakeholders, alongside wider masterplanning as above. The GI Sheffield Airport Strategy will prevent the fragmentation and isolation of existing ecological assets, particularly established woodlands and grasslands, and allow and enable species movement through and around the Airport Policy Areasite. Development proposals at the site must demonstrate how they deliver a net gain for biodiversity and enhance the ecological network in accordance with the Green Infrastructure Strategy. MM73 Paragraph 5.10 The primary function and purpose of the Aairport is as a passenger and freight To ensure the policy Not Significant – terminal. As such, of fundamental importance is the maintenance and improvement is effective and as technical clarification of this airport function itself. Development of “airside” land inside identified in the the airport Airport Operational Area boundary is supported for aviation development Council’s response and aviation infrastructure. Other functions solely related to the functionality of the to FPQ – Doncaster Aairport include airside operations and public safety. Sheffield Airport MM74 Paragraph 5.11 Certain development within the Aairport boundaries Operational Area boundary To ensure the policy Not Significant – benefit from permitted development10. Development requiring planning permission is effective and as technical clarification related to the airport function is supported for the types listed on land within the identified in the Aairport Operational Area boundary (see Figure 5). Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM75 Paragraph 5.12 …Within this area, as defined on the Policies Map (for the parts falling within the To ensure the policy Not Significant – Borough of Doncaster), the Aairport must be consulted on planning applications. is effective and as technical clarification Safeguarding areas are maintained to allow the Aairport to operate safely. identified in the Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM76 Paragraph 5.14 & Land uses or tall structures which would prejudice air safety will not be permitted To ensure the policy Not Significant – subsequent sub- within the ‘safeguarding area’. Additionally, it is envisaged that a Public Safety Zone is effective and as technical clarification heading Airport will be is designated at each end of the runway over the course of the Plan Period, identified in the Masterplan within which development in will be restricted in accordance with the approach set Council’s response out within DfT Circular 1/2010 or any successor guidance, in order to control the

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A39 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) number of people on the ground at risk of death or injury in the event of an aircraft to FPQ – Doncaster accident on take–off or landing (see Figure 5). It includes a general presumption Sheffield Airport against new or replacement development or change of use of existing buildings within Public Safety Zones, when defined. No new residential development is will be permitted within these zones.

Airport Masterplan Exercise

MM77 Paragraph 5.16 In order to achieve this, the Council, through this pPolicy 7, is supportive of the To ensure the policy Not Significant – multi-use growth of the Aairport, in line with the development of a comprehensive is effective and as technical clarification airport wide masterplan exercise, which will be prepared… identified in the Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM78 Paragraph 5.17 The masterplan exercise will ensure a holistic approach to development at the To ensure the policy Not Significant - Aairport, and ensure… is effective and as technical clarification identified in the Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM79 Paragraph 5.18 The masterplan exercise will consist of an overall growth plan, and a well-considered To ensure the policy Not Significant – place-making vision and strategy covering areas identified for airport operations, is effective and as technical clarification employment development, the new local centre, transport infrastructure, green identified in the infrastructure, ecology areas, open space and new housing areas. It will need to Council’s response demonstrate how the various land uses will be conceptually and physically to FPQ – Doncaster integrated, particularly in terms of transport connectivity and the creation of a high Sheffield Airport quality mixed use place.

MM80 Paragraph 5.21 The overriding intention of the proposed masterplan exercise is to provide… To ensure the policy Not Significant – is effective and as technical clarification identified in the Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM81 Paragraph 5.22 … This is especially important for the central Pplaza and all development adjacent to To ensure the policy Not Significant – the Great Yorkshire Way. is effective and as technical clarification identified in the Council’s response

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A40 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM82 Paragraph 5.24 It must be ensured that the masterplan exercise and design code is designed, To ensure the policy Not Significant – phased and delivered to is effective and as technical clarification identified in the Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM83 Paragraph 5.26 …, in line with the GI Strategy and within the context of the Aairport Mmasterplan. Unnecessary Not Significant – Off-site biodiversity enhancement utilising the DEFRA biodiversity Metric, in line with duplication of text technical clarification Policy 30, will be required where a biodiversity net gain cannot be secured as part of already set out in a development proposal, utilising the DEFRA biodiversity metric. the first part of the sentence. MM84 Paragraph 5.28 The allocated employment sites will provide opportunities for businesses who wish to To ensure that the Not Significant – take advantage of being close to an airport. It is envisaged that companies Plan is consistent provides consistency specialising in engineering and manufacturing for aerospace and automotive with national policy purposes to cluster around the Airport, will be attracted to the available land and will be effective. thus providing higher highly skilled jobs and affirming the Airport’s key role within See Council’s the city region innovation corridor. The Aairport Plaza also offers an opportunity for response to Action aviation related office uses to locate there, or and this policy will in principle Point 48. permit offices for businesses who wish to take advantage of being close to an at the airport as long . Outside of the plaza (Site 940 E1), office proposals at the airport would need to show they are necessary as they are needed to support aviation services or they can meet the sequential tests and impact assessments as set out in Policy 23. Regard should also be had to Policy 4 which requires the developer/applicant to enter into a local labour agreement which will help to develop the skills of the Borough’s workforce. MM85 Paragraph 5.29 The masterplan exercise must also take account of employment… To ensure the policy Not Significant – is effective and as technical clarification identified in the Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM86 Paragraph 5.30 In relation to the housing, the masterplan exercise will include a comprehensive To ensure the policy Not Significant – design code which will clearly set out the design expectations, principles and is effective and as technical clarification parameters which new applications for housing will conform to. This is important to identified in the co-ordinate a large phased housing scheme which may be delivered by a number of Council’s response developers. The design code must be produced and agreed by the Council prior to to FPQ – Doncaster any application for housing south of the airport access road / Great Yorkshire Way Sheffield Airport

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A41 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) on sites 940 E2 and E3. In developing the masterplan exercise and design code, the applicants must…

MM87 Paragraph 5.31 Further information on the release mechanism for housing on land to the south of To ensure the policy Not Significant – the Airport Access Road sites 940 E2 and E3 is available in Appendix 3. is effective and as technical clarification identified in the Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM88 Paragraph 5.32 To ensure the sustainable growth of the Airport and adjoining employment and To ensure the policy Not Significant – followed by two housing areasIn the delivery of expanding the airport and nearby residential is effective and as technical clarification new subsequent development at the scale envisaged, the provision within Site 940 E1 of a central identified in the paragraphs plaza area to provide new services and community facilities will be is supported. Council’s response This area should will accommodate appropriate small scale retail, related services, to FPQ – Doncaster and community facilities (in the interests of creating a mixed use community) Sheffield Airport and leisure uses (as defined in the Use Classes A1 to A3 and D2) whereby they will be to reflect changes to permitted in order a mix of retail, Leisure, food and drink, hotel provision, office the Use Classes space and community facilities to serve the needs primarily of existing and future Order – September residents, employees in the area and visitors, as well as the needs arising from the 2020. Further growth of the airport. Other suitable uses such as hotels (Use Class C1) will help changes as per the meet the demand for development by the expanding airport. A modest amount of Council’s response housing above retail units is supported in the interests of making good use of space, to Action Point 48 to and supporting the vitality of the plaza, particularly the evening economy. Within make sure the policy any such development there should be opportunities to link the area to the wider is effective. network to ensure good public transport links and a safe and secure walking and cycling routes are integrated where it would not lead to unsustainable trip generals generation for users and help develop a thriving community.

This area is allocated to serve the needs of local communities, employees and users of the airport and its surrounding employment areas. As such, development within site 940 E1 akin to an out of town retail park facility will not be permitted.

The status of the plaza will be kept under review. Upon substantial completion, the plaza will assume town centre status and will be ultimately designated as a town centre in accordance with Table 2. The type of centre it is assessed as being will depend on how the scheme evolves over time.

MM89 Paragraph 5.33 Ensuring sustainable multi-modal access is a fundamental element of successful To ensure the policy Not Significant – growth at the Aairport. Preparation of tThe masterplan exercise must consider is effective and as technical clarification

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A42 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) transport requirements in relation to an up to date Airport Surface Access Strategy identified in the (ASAS). The ASAS should be regularly reviewed and looks to develop, implement Council’s response and promote sustainable surface access to the Aairport to … to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM90 Paragraph 5.34 … The masterplan exercise should ensure opportunities for sustainable transport are To ensure the policy Not Significant – (incorrectly maximised and provide safe and secure access by all modes... is effective and as technical clarification referenced as identified in the paragraph 5.31 in Council’s response the Local Plan) to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM91 Paragraph 5.35 The masterplan exercise must include a full assessment…Access improvements are To ensure the policy Not Significant – (was 5.34) required from the Aairport to the M18… is effective and as technical clarification identified in the Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport MM92 Paragraph 5.36 A community station on the Lincoln Line (the extent of which is shown on the To ensure that the Not Significant – (new) Policies Map) can provide rail connectivity to the airport albeit requiring a shuttle plan is consistent provides consistency connection. The land associated with this proposal has been protected to ensure with national policy delivery of a station can be achieved in line with the Section 106 Agreement for the and justified. See airport which protects this site for such a use. Council’s response to Action Point 85. MM93 Paragraph 5.37 Doncaster Council is currently working with Doncaster Sheffield Airport, Sheffield To ensure that the Not Significant – (was first part of City Region, Department for Transport, Network Rail and Transport for the North to plan is consistent provides consistency 5.35) further plans for a new station at Doncaster Sheffield Airport which connects to both with national policy the East Coast Main Line and the Lincoln Line. Emerging evidence shows that this is and justified. See a preferred alternative to the Lincoln Line station, but the scheme is yet to secure Council’s response funding at the point of Plan adoption. to Action Point 85.

MM94 Paragraph 5.38 The introduction of a new station, and associated improvements to the rail lines, will To ensure the policy Not Significant – (was second part support the growth and investment at the Aairport and beyond. The This station will is effective and as technical clarification of 5.35) would provide transformational connectivity to the Aairport, the wider Airport Policy identified in the Area and beyond, whilst also providing an alternative to Doncaster Central Station Council’s response for passengers needing to access Mainline services. It will not only by expanding the to FPQ – Doncaster travel catchment for air passengers, but also by introduce ing a new sustainable Sheffield Airport mode of travel to access the Aairport, with the potential to significantly reduce car usage. Should plans for the East Coast Main Line station be realised, relevant To ensure that the sections of the Local Plan related to this will be reviewed in light of the potential plan is consistent significance of this proposal. Likewise, the Council may be willing to agree a with national policy

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A43 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) variation to the Section 106 Agreement with respect to the Lincoln Line community and justified. See rail station, although there may be wider benefits still to retaining the site as a Council’s response secondary station, including to support tram-train links to the airport. See also to Action Point 85. Policy 13.

MM95 Figure 5: Airport Consequential amendment to the plan at Figure 5 to remove the 2 red hatched To ensure the policy Not Significant – Operational Area public safety zones in light of revised paragraph 5.14. is effective and as technical clarification & Public Safety identified in the Zones Figure 5: Airport Operational Area & Public Safety Zones Council’s response to FPQ – Doncaster Sheffield Airport

MM96 Policy 8: A) Nnew housing development will be required to deliver an appropriate mix of To ensure the policy Not Significant – Delivering the house size, type, price and tenure to address housing as appropriate the is consistent with provides consistency Necessary Range needs and market demand, having regard to the Council’s identified in the national policy – NPPF paragraph 61

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A44 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) of Housing – Part latest Housing Needs Assessment / Study (or other robust and up-to-date does not make A evidence). reference to ‘price’. To ensure the Policy will be effective. See Council’s response to Action Point 22. MM97 Policy 8: B) Tthere is a clear requirement for the provision of affordable housing to meet To ensure the policy Not Significant – Delivering the local needs in each individual the majority of the Borough’s communityies. is justified and technical clarification Necessary Range Housing sites of 15 or more homes (or 0.5 Ha or above) will normally be effective. See of Housing – Part expected to include 23% affordable homes in the Borough’s high value Council’s response B housing market areas (as defined in explanatory test below), or a lower to Action Point 23. requirement of 15% elsewhere in the Borough (including starter homes / discounted market sales housing which meets the definition in the NPPF) on- site. Of this, there should be a tenure split of around 75% affordable homes for rent (including social rent) and 25% intermediate low-cost home ownership. Proposals for affordable housing on developments of less than 15 units will be supported where these meet other development plan policies. MM98 Policy 8: C) Ccommuted sums in lieu of on-site affordable housing provision and broadly To ensure the policy Not Significant – Delivering the of equivalent value will only be accepted where this is robustly justified, is justified and technical clarification Necessary Range which would include where there is already an identified surplus of effective. See of Housing – Part affordable housing within the community. These commuted sums will be Council’s response C used to target areas of need in the Borough in order to assist with to Action Point 23. rebalancing the housing market. They may also be combined with council house building programmes that would take place on land that the Ccouncil owns or subsequently needs to acquire. MM99 Paragraph 6.7 …Following on from this, the 2019 Housing Need Study identifies the size, types and To ensure the plan is Not Significant – tenures required across the Borough, and also identifies affordable housing need, consistent with provides consistency older peoples housing needs, and the housing needs of people with disabilities. The national policy and Council is committed to keeping such evidence up-to-date to identify any changes in is justified and will housing need during the plan period, and will undertake a Housing Needs Assessment be effective. See at least every 4 years to inform both planning applications and a review of the Plan Council’s response itself. to Action Point 22. MM100 Paragraph 6.11 Affordable housing should be provided on site, unless off-site provision or an To ensure the policy Not Significant – appropriate financial contribution in lieu can be robustly justified, and the agreed is justified and technical clarification approach contributes to the objective of creating mixed and balanced communities. effective. See Such justification could include where the Housing Needs Assessment, or other robust Council’s response and up-to-date evidence, has identified that there is already a surplus of affordable to Action Point 23. housing in a community (see Appendix 4)

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A45 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM101 Paragraph 6.14 There may be instances where a dwelling for a rural worker, in either the Countryside To align with Not Significant – Policy Area or Green Belt, is no longer needed. amendments made provides consistency to Policy 2. MM102 Policy 10: Houses The existing dwelling or building is capable of conversion without causing harm to To ensure that the Not Significant – in Multiple the area or the amenity of nearby residents particularly with noise and disturbances policy will be clarification of Occupation or over-looking and, in areas of flood risk, do not result in ground-floor or basement effective and wording (HMOs) – Part D level self-contained rooms; and consistent with national policy. Responds to objection raised by the Environment Agency at Regulation 19 stage and identified in CSD5. MM103 Policy 10: Houses E. the proposal would not result in an over-concentration of HMOs within a To ensure that the Not Significant – in Multiple community/locality/street/row, or result in a significant adverse impact to policy will be technical clarification Occupation local amenities. Proposals must not create: effective – criteria (HMOs) – Part E should be ‘or’ 1. more than two HMOs side by side; or, 2. the sandwiching of a single self-contained house or flat between two HMOs; or, 3. more than two HMOs within a run of twenty properties on one side of the road; or, 4. more than one HMO in a road of fewer than twenty properties on one side of the road.

MM104 Policy 10: Houses F) The Council will utilise all of its powers available, including licensing and Part F does not Not Significant – in Multiple enforcement, to ensure the negative impacts of HMOs are managed and that our relate to the provides consistency Occupation communities are not negatively impacted by the provision of such preamble to the (HMOs) – Part F accommodation. policy which covers Parts A-E so should be a separate paragraph to the policy. MM105 Paragraph 6.15 However, all too often such accommodation has unintended and unacceptable To ensure that the Not Significant – consequences for the established community as HMOs can have a high turnover of policy will be technical clarification occupiers. Issues include car parking, problems with refuse disposal and collection, effective. Provides overcrowding, noise, and in some cases anti-social behaviour. This policy will be clarity on how the

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A46 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) applied to known HMOs (be they licensed, non-licensed with planning permission or policy is to be those created under permitted development) as well as others brought to the applied and as Council’s attention. Part E of the policy will be applied on a community-wide basis identified in CSD6. taking into account the impact on rows of houses, streets and the wider area. For the avoidance of doubt, this could include consideration of multiple streets and rows of properties including corner premises and need not be limited to one road at a time.

MM106 Paragraph 6.16 This can be best achieved through preventing the over concentration of such To ensure that the Not Significant - properties in particular areas and encouraging a more even distribution across the policy will be clarification of Borough. Proposals that lead to self-contained rooms at ground floor or basement effective and wording level in areas at risk of flooding are unlikely to be supported as such accommodation consistent with must be able to provide satisfactory mitigation against residual flood risk and there national policy. are likely to be challenges around providing a safe point of refuge. Responds to objection raised by the Environment Agency at Regulation 19 stage and identified in CSD5. MM107 Policy 12: C) …the sites are in accordance with the principles set out in D E and F, and the To ensure that the Not Significant – Gypsies, proposal is for: policy is effective. As technical clarification Travellers and drafted the policy Travelling Show refers to the People – Part C incorrect subsequent parts as identified in CSD6. MM108 Paragraph 6.22 …The Council will monitor and periodically update this evidence across the plan To ensure that the Not Significant – period. The 2018 report identifies that the Borough has a surplus of 55 274 pitches Plan is justified and technical clarification by 2032 (due to existing supply and future supply from existing sites significantly effective. See outweighing the current (surplus) and future need from household growth). In Council’s response relation to Travelling Showpeople, there is a small overall need by 2032 of 5 to Action Point 33. additional pitches, which can be met through existing sites, or via the mechanisms set out in this policy such as small extensions to sites, and therefore no new allocations are required. and 7 yards over the next five years and thus does not require new allocations. MM109 New paragraph Authorised sites in the Green Belt have been removed from the Green Belt and To ensure the Not Significant – following existing allocated as “Green Belt Traveller Sites” on the Policies Map, and in Table 7. These plan/policy is provides consistency paragraph 6.22 consistent with

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A47 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) sites are allocated for this use only and no alternate uses other than as a Gypsy and national policy and Traveller site are acceptable. will be effective. MM110 Paragraph 6.23 Within the Green Belt, there will be a presumption against the development of new To ensure the Not Significant – sites except in ‘very special circumstances’. Designated sites in the Green Belt are plan/policy is provides consistency washed over by Green Belt policy designation because such sites will still need to consistent with demonstrate ‘very special circumstance’s to justify proposals, e.g. the authorisation national policy and of an unauthorised pitch. ‘Very special circumstances’, as referred to in the policy, will be effective. may include a small scale extension to, or intensification of, a well-managed site to Amends to reflect meet a need arising from that site, in which case an occupancy condition would changes to Policy 2. normally be attached to the planning permission. In the ‘Countryside Policy Area’, that is, outside of the Green Belt and defined development limits, the designation takes preference. MM111 Paragraph 6.25 …The creation of new smaller sites within towns and villages would still be possible Amends to reflect Not Significant – as would smaller extensions to existing sites in the Countryside Policy Area and, changes to Policy 2. minor wording subject to exceptional circumstances, the Green Belt. MM112 Table 6: Gypsies, Table 6: Designated Gypsies, Travellers and Travelling Show People Allocations Sites Amends to table title Not Significant – Travellers and to be consistent with provides consistency Travelling Show how these are People referred to in the Allocations policy/plan. MM113 New Table: Table X: Green Belt Traveller Sites To ensure the plan/ Not Significant – Green Belt policy is consistent provides consistency Traveller Sites (to Ref. Name Ownership Settlement Capacity with national policy follow on after GT4 Nursery Lane Council Sprotbrough 10 and will be effective. the current Table (G&T) 6) GT6 Tilts Farm Private Tilts Lane 30 (G&T) (near Toll Bar) GT8 Glen Bungalow Private Sutton 30 (G&T) GT9 Stockbridge Lane Private Bentley 23 (G&T) GT14 Romany Way, Private Bentley 10 Stockbridge Lane (G&T) GT15 Pony Paddocks, Private Toll Bar 10 Hall Villa Lane (G&T)

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A48 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) GT16 Four Acres, Selby Private Askern 1 Road (G&T) GT17 Oak Dene, Private Askern 2 Doncaster Road (G&T) GT18 Willow Garth, Private Askern 2 Kings Road (G&T) GT19 Hobbies Paddock, Private Bentley 1 Stockbridge Lane (G&T) GT20 Land off Private Bentley 1 Stockbridge Lane (G&T) GT21 Ash Tree Cottage, Private Bentley 1 Stockbridge Lane (G&T) GT22 Apy Hill Private Tickhill 2 (G&T) GT23 Green Meadows, Private Toll Bar 1 Hall Villa Lane (G&T) (aka The Stables)

MM114 Policy 13: Proposals will be supported which: To ensure that the Not Significant – re- Strategic policy is consistent organisation of Transport A) Improve key routes and connections to the Strategic Road Network and with national policy policy for clarity Network – Part A effectively manage traffic and relieve congestion, in particular at the and justified. See following locations: Council’s response to Action Point 57. 1. Pan-northern Route (Barnsley – Doncaster). 2. North Doncaster A1-A19 Link. 3. Dearne Valley to A1(M) Improvements (Hickleton/Marr Bypasses). 4. A19 - M18 connectivity. 5. A1(M) motorway (capacity improvements). 6. 1. Hatfield Link Road. 7. 2. West Moor Link (A630). 8. 3. Improvements to M18. 9. Improved access to Doncaster-Sheffield Airport from M18. 10. M18 / A1(M) interchange improvements. 11.4. North Nottinghamshire to A631 capacity improvements.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A49 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) 5. A1(M) motorway (capacity improvements). MM115 Policy 13: B) Improve rail transport, including: To ensure that the Not Significant – Strategic policy is consistent enhancement of Transport Strategic priorities for new infrastructure provision with national policy policy reinforcing Network – Part B 1. New electrified main line rail connection and new railway station at and justified. See positive appraisal Doncaster Sheffield Airport connecting the airport onto the East Coast Council’s response Mainline. In the meantime, tThe alternative Ccommunity Rrail Sstation site to Action Points 58 (on the Lincoln Line and as shown on the Policies Map) will continue to be and 87. protected for such uses. 2. New rail station at Askern, with the site as shown on the Policies Map being protected, and rail links to towns and communities on the line serving Askern. 3. New, expanded or re-opened lines and stations and rail links to outlying towns and communities where feasible., such as Askern 4. New high-speed rail opportunities in association with new and expanded interchanges. 5. Developing a tram train network to serve the Borough utilising where possible existing heavy rail network.

Shorter-term improvements to existing infrastructure 6. Improvements to the sustainable access to all 8 of the Borough’s local train stations will be implemented. Within the station footprint these will include:  Improved CCTV and lighting;  Increased secure cycle parking;  Upgraded displays and information; and,  Improved signage.

Longer-term improvements to existing infrastructure 7. Network Rrail enhancements schemes to improve connectivity and capacity. 8. Upgrading of the East Coast Mainline (Leeds and York) and Trans Pennine links (Manchester, Lincoln, Sheffield and Hull), including capacity improvements in the Doncaster Station area. MM116 Paragraph 7.8 - it is not exhaustive and other major schemes will come forward during the plan To ensure that the Not Significant – period. Where feasible and practical, large development sites should explore the policy is consistent provides consistency potential for the use of alternatives to road transport for the supply of construction with national policy. materials and aggregates to and from the site. Responds to objection raised by

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A50 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Canals & Rivers Trust at Regulation 19 stage and as identified in CSD6. MM117 Paragraph 7.10 Improvements to key routes and connections to the Strategic Road Network will be To ensure that the Not Significant required to effectively manage traffic, relieve congestion and ensure capacity to policy is consistent delivery future growth. Table 7 below shows the major enhancement scheme with national policy priorities on the road network in Doncaster:.The Policy gives specific support to and justified. See those road schemes which either have committed funding or are under construction Council’s response at Plan adoption as well as other short-term strategic priorities which are in the to Action Point 57. process of securing funding and which have approval status and scheme design that will be delivered early within the plan period. MM118 New paragraph There are also a number of other road schemes which are potential longer term To ensure that the Not Significant – following existing priorities that will be assessed in the context of national planning policy and policy is consistent provides consistency paragraph 7.10 guidance and taken into account in a future review of the Plan, including through the with national policy sustainability appraisal of reasonable alternatives. They are not needed to deliver and justified. See development in the Plan. These schemes are at various stages of development Council’s response including some with Strategic Outline Business Cases that have indicative scheme to Action Points 57 proposals with options considered, whereas other schemes are yet to start the full and 86. feasibility stage. MM119 Table 7: Major The current Table 7 is to be replaced/represented with the following which identifies To ensure that the Not Significant – Road Network the same projects by committed schemes, short-term priorities, and longer-term policy is justified and technical clarification Enhancement priorities. These are identical except for the deletion of the ‘Improved access to Aero effective. Responds Priorities – A1(M) Centre from M18’ scheme. to objection raised capacity by Highways improvements Scheme Description England at Committed Schemes Regulation 19 stage and as identified in Hatfield Link The scheme will connect the Hatfield/Stainforth area of the CSD6. Road scheme Borough to junction 5 of the M18 motorway/ junction 1 of the M180. The scheme will unlock up to 200 hectares of development land and improve access to the strategic transport network. The link road is an integral element of the Unity scheme, a 170 ha mixed used development that will transform and regenerate the communities of Hatfield, Stainforth, Dunscroft and Dunsville. West Moor The scheme involves improvements to the A630 between Link scheme junction 4 of the M18 motorway to the A18 (Thorne Road) and between the A18 and A630 Wheatley Hall Road. The scheme

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A51 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) may involve the widening of a rail bridge thereby removing a pinch point. Once complete, the scheme will increase the capacity of the network, facilitate the unlocking of housing development and employment land along the route, and support sustainable modes such as cycling. Short-Term Priorities

Improvement Capacity improvements may be required along the M18 s to M18 between junctions 2 and 6 to improve journey times, reduce congestion and accommodate future growth. Proposals are being explored in partnership with Highways England for improvements to junction 3 to increase capacity and reduce congestion. North Capacity improvements are required to improve access from Nottinghamsh North Nottinghamshire to Doncaster via the A631 in light of ire to A631 recent growth. Harworth and Bircotes, in the neighbouring capacity district of Bassetlaw, has seen significant housing and improvement employment development over recent years. This has s impacted on the highway network in Doncaster along the A631 between Tickhill and Bawtry, particularly the A631 Stripe Road Junction. Improvement schemes are required along the A631 corridor to accommodate the recent growth and reduce congestion. A1(M) Highways England is looking to upgrade and increase the capacity capacity of the A1 around Doncaster to improve safety and improvement reliability of the network. Currently, the section of A1 through s Doncaster has some of the highest levels of flow breakdown and the greatest level of accidents on the A1. The A1-M18- M62 scheme will see the upgrading of the A1 to 3 lanes from the junction with M18 to the junction with the M62. This will require improvement works to A1 junction 35 / M18 junction 2. Capacity improvements to the Strategic Road Network are subject to Highways England funding. Longer-Term Priorities

Pan Northern The PNR will provide a new strategic highway connecting Route (PNR) Manchester and the proposed Trans-Pennine tunnel with the A1 and Humber Ports. The new highway will provide resilience, capacity, investment opportunities and growth

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A52 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) across the Pennines, providing a strategic east-west link across the north of Doncaster, through Barnsley linking the Trans-Pennine Tunnel with the M1, A1(M), M180 and the M62 motorways to the East Coast Ports.

As well as providing important Trans-Pennine connectivity benefits, the proposal will also build on and enhance the benefits of a number of local highway schemes to enhance connectivity across the region particularly improving links between Doncaster and Barnsley.

It is envisaged that the proposed PNR will form part of a series of interlinking routes, between Manchester and the Humber Ports (via Barnsley and Doncaster). The PNR will deliver two key projects for Doncaster; the Hickleton and Marr bypass and the A1-A19 link road. It will also enable connection between the A19 and the M18. The PNR is subject to funding being approved and the precise route is yet to be finalised. If funding is not forthcoming the A1-A19 and the Hickleton and Marr bypasses will be delivered as stand-alone schemes. North The scheme will provide a link road from the A1 to the A19 at Doncaster Bentley Moor Lane, north of Toll Bar. The existing link A1-A19 link between the A1 and A19 via Skellow does not have sufficient spare capacity to accommodate the additional traffic arising from proposed growth opportunities in the wider area. The link road will help boost regeneration and economic development in Doncaster’s northern communities which have higher levels of deprivation. In particular, it is hoped that the improved access to the A1 will help release the long term potential of the Carcroft employment area and help to enable the development of land at Carcroft Common. Dearne Valley In light of significant recent development and further growth to A1(M) plans in the Dearne Valley area, connectivity improvements Improvement are required between the Dearne Valley and the A1(M). The s (Hickleton A635, which forms the principle route between Dearne Valley and Marr and the A1(M), is currently a low capacity, single carriageway Bypasses) road. The high volumes of traffic experienced along the road cause severance issues as well significant air quality challenges in the villages of Hickleton and Marr. Both villages

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A53 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) are classified as conservation areas and Hickleton has been designated as an Air Quality Management Area.

The Hickleton and Marr Bypasses look to divert traffic and congestion away from the villages, connecting the A635 Barnsley Road/ Doncaster Road with the A1(M). The Dearne Valley to A1(M) is also part of the wider Pan-Northern Route linking M1 to A1(M). A19 – M18 Connectivity improvements are sought between the A19 and Connectivity M18 to increase accessibility for Doncaster’s northern communities and support regeneration priorities. Schemes look to provide a new east – west connection, increasing accessibility in the north of Doncaster and releasing capacity to support economic development. Schemes to improve A19 – M18 connectivity will support the Pan Northern Route objectives and delivery improved connections to the M180. Improved Aero Centre Yorkshire is a 1,600 acre employment area Access to Aero surrounding Doncaster Sheffield Airport. In light of recent centre from developments, access improvements are required to the Aero M18 Centre from the M18 to ensure network capacity for existing employment and to support future growth aspirations. M18 / A1(M) Due to limited interchange facilities between M18 and A1(M) interchange congestion and queueing are frequent at peak times around improvement junctions 2 and 3 of the M18 and junctions 35 and 36 of s A1(M). Although plans are being explored by Highways England to increase the capacity of the A1(M), further work is required to increase the capacity of the M18 / A1(M) interchange to accommodate demand.

MM120 Paragraph 7.14 An alternative Ccommunity Sstation on the Lincoln Line (the extent of which is To ensure that the Not Significant – shown on the Policies Map) can provide rail connectivity to the airport albeit policy is consistent provides consistency requiring a shuttle connection. The land associated with this proposal has been with national policy protected to ensure delivery of a station can be achieved should the preferred option and justified. See of the East Coast Main Line station not progress to delivery. This is in line with the Council’s response Section 106 Agreement for the airport which protects this site for such a use to Action Points 58 providing a rail link into the airport consisting of a single platform rail station. and 87. Doncaster Council is working with Doncaster Sheffield Airport, Sheffield City Region, Network Rail and Transport for the North to further plans for a new station at Doncaster Sheffield Airport connected to both the East Coast Mainline and the Lincoln Line. Emerging evidence shows that this is a preferred alternative to the

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A54 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Lincoln Line station, but the scheme is yet to secure funding at the point of Plan adoption. The scheme will see a new station and associated improvements to the rail lines to support growth and investment at the Airport Priority Growth Area and beyond. The station will serve as an international gateway to the region and provide transformational connectivity to the airport, the Airport Policy Area and beyond by expanding the travel catchment for air passengers, and to the East Coast Main Line by providing a strategic park and ride facility. The provision of a railway station in this location is considered crucial to the future growth of the airport and the surrounding settlement. MM121 Paragraph 7.15 … A number of opportunities are being explored, including a new station at Askern To ensure that the Not Significant – to the north of the Borough and associated improvement works to the line, to policy is consistent provides consistency improve accessibility and reduce congestion. Land for the delivery of Askern Station with national policy has been secured to ensure that, subject to a successful funding bid, the station can and justified. See be constructed and rail service to Askern re-opened. There is also an aspiration to Council’s response explore reinstating the direct rail line between Doncaster and Barnsley to improve to Action Points 58 public transport connectivity between the two towns. MM122 New paragraph The station accessibility schemes will improve active travel links to local train To ensure that the Not Significant – following existing stations around the borough. The schemes will create new walking and new cycling policy is consistent provides consistency paragraph 7.15 infrastructure connecting people to the stations as well as improving existing with national policy facilities nearby. The works will enable more people to make multi modal journeys and justified. See as part of their commute. This will see improvements made to footpaths, new Council’s response segregated cycle facilities installed nearby and improvements made inside the to Action Points 58 stations to facilitate more active travel journeys. Additional cycle parking is to be installed within the stations to meet demand. MM123 Figure 6: This has been revised to align the legend with the amendments made to Policy 13 To ensure the Plan is Not Significant – Strategic road and rail schemes as follows: consistent with provides consistency Transport national policy and Network Current: justified. See Council’s response to Action Point 57.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A55 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification)

Revised:

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A56 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification)

MM124 Policy 14: 4. appropriate levels of parking provision are made in accordance with the To ensure that the Not Significant – Promoting standards contained within Appendix 6;. A departure from these standards policy is consistent provides consistency Sustainable may be justified on a case by case basis, for example reduced parking levels with national policy Transport in New for Town Centre residential developments where accessibility to public and will be effective. Developments – transport is more prevalent. and Ddevelopments should also include See Council’s Parts A4 & A5 provision for electric vehicle charging points, with fast charging response to Action infrastructure provided for use by short stay users where appropriate; and Points 60, 61 and 5. residential developments should provide dedicated cycle storage for each 88. property. For houses, this could be in adequately sized garages or bike sheds. For flats or apartments, this may be shared dedicated secure facilities. Non-residential developments are required to provide cycle parking spaces to the equivalent of at least 10% of car parking spaces as set out in Appendix 6. Any departure from the standards for car parking provision should not be reflected in the reduction of cycle parking provision and,

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A57 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) where appropriate, this should be increased in locations where cycling infrastructure encourages higher levels of cycling; and 6. development does not… MM125 Policy 17: Cycling 3. Pprovide appropriate cycle access and sufficient secure cycle parking To ensure that the Not Significant – in Doncaster – facilities in accordance with the latest Council standards, and for new policy is effective. technical clarification Part C development for employment uses provide changing and showering Responds to facilities; and, objection raised by 4. Eensure the provision… the CPRE at Regulation 19 stage and identified in CSD5. MM126 Paragraph 7.59 … Unrecorded routes can cause undue delay to the development if they are not To ensure that the Not Significant – taken into consideration at an early stage. These routes will be clear and obvious on policy is effective. technical clarification the ground, for example a clearly worn desire line linking public places or existing See Council’s highways adjacent to the development site. Where necessary the appropriate legal response to Action procedures will be followed to ensure the public right of way is preserved and not Point 63. permanently lost. MM127 Paragraph 8.3 …The objective to direct Main Ttown Ccentre Uses to existing centres is because of To ensure that the Not Significant – their higher levels of accessibility and ability to support multiple purpose trips. policy is consistent provides consistency Changes to the Use Classes Order in 2020 provide enhanced flexibility for the use of with national policy buildings to switch between commercial, business and service uses in Class E. They (Use Classes Order should be read in conjunction with area specific policies for Doncaster, Mexborough Changes) and and Thorne town centres given in Chapter 16. effective. See Council’s response to Action Point 42. MM128 Policy 23: Policy 23: Locating Main Town Centre Uses (Strategic Policy) To ensure that the Not Significant – Locating Main policy is effective. technical clarification Town Centre Main Town Ccentre uses, including retail, leisure, office… See Council’s Uses – Title, response to Action preamble, and Part 1: Sequential Approach Point 42. Part 1 Proposals for Main Ttown Ccentre Uuses on the edge of… MM129 Policy 23: Part 2: Impact Assessment To ensure that the Not Significant – Locating Main Outside of Doncaster’s existing town, district and local centres, retail, office and policy is consistent provides consistency Town Centre leisure proposals (including extensions, creation of mezzanine floors and changes of with national policy. Uses – Part 2 use) that… See Council’s response to Action point 42. MM130 Paragraph 8.4 The policy should be read in conjunction with Policy 2 and Policy 3, which together To ensure that the Not Significant – seek to direct shops and other Main Ttown Ccentre Uuses such as… policy is effective. technical clarification

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A58 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) See Council’s response to Action Point 42. MM131 Paragraph 8.6 The impact assessment will be applied to applications for retail and, leisure and office To ensure that the Not Significant – development in locations outside of town, district and local centres depending on (a) policy is consistent provides consistency the amount of floorspace proposed; (b) the type of town centre use proposed; and with national policy. (c) whether it is situated at an edge-of-centre or out-of-centre location. See Council’s response to Action point 42. MM132 Policy 24:  Shops and food and drink outlets (A1, A3, A4 and A5) To ensure the policy Not Significant – Development  Financial and professional services (A2) is consistent with provides consistency within Town, national policy District and Local C) proposals for food and drink uses (A3, A4 and A5) also comply with Policy following the Use Centres– Part 1 – 25 Classes Order Bullet Points 1-2 changes – and Part C September 2020 MM133 Policy 24: Proposals for development in town, district and local centres, outside of any defined To ensure that the Not Significant – Development ‘primary shopping area’, will be acceptable in principle for a wider range of Main policy is effective. technical clarification within Town, Ttown Ccentre Uuses such as… See Council’s District and Local response to Action Centres– Part 2 Point 42. MM134 Policy 24: Part 3: Betting Shops, Amusement Arcades, Pay Day Loan Units and Pawnbrokers To ensure the policy Not Significant – Development is effective – technical clarification within Town, Subject to the above criteria, proposals to change the use to a betting shop, clarification and as District and Local amusement arcade, pay day loan unit and pawnbroker will only be supported where per the Council’s Centres– Part 3 A it can be demonstrated that: response to Action and C Points 43 and 81. A) the property is vacant and/or has been marketed unsuccessfully for at least one year and the rent value has been set at a realistic rate; …

C) there is no clustering or cumulative impact resulting from in an over concentration of such uses in any area. Clustering will occur where more than 10% of units, in a parade of Main Town Centre Uses, will be used (in any combination) for betting shops, amusement arcades, pay day loan units and / or pawnbrokers. MM135 Paragraph 8.23 Betting Shops, Amusement Arcades, Pay Day Loan Units and Pawnbrokers To ensure the policy Not Significant – is effective. See technical clarification The provision of quality town centres plays a huge part in people’s perceptions and Council’s response sense of place, and it is vital to our residents and visitors that they are attractive

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A59 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) and comfortable. The over-concentration of these types of uses the uses defined in to Action Points 43 Policy 24, Part 3, is not seen as a positive element of a vibrant and diverse retail and 81. centre or wider neighbourhood. A clustering of these particular uses within parades (rows or frontages) of Main Town Centre Uses in town, district and local centres, and neighbourhood shopping parades, can negatively affect their vitality and viability. Outlets of this nature tend to cluster in areas of deprivation where the population is largely made up of people most at risk of utilising such services. Given the clustering and over-concentration of these uses within existing retail areas, the Council will limit resist further growth, not only to maintain the vitality and viability of town centres, but also to protect population health, amenity and safety. MM136 Paragraph 8.24 Planning has a role to play in creating healthy communities and limiting the number To ensure the plan is Not Significant – of betting shops is one element that contributes to this. Problem gambling is justified – see the deletion of text not gambling that disrupts or damages personal, family or recreational pursuits. There is Council’s response considered evidence to suggest that the growth of these establishments, particularly betting to AP43. necessary to justify shops are prominent in areas with high levels of social and economic deprivation, the policy, nor aide with the highest density mirroring the profile of those most at risk of experiencing its application harm from gambling. MM137 Policy 25: Food Food and dDrink uses such as restaurants, cafes, pubs, bars, and hot food To ensure the policy Not Significant – and Drink Uses – takeaways and fast food outlets will be directed towards town, district and local is effective and technical clarification Preamble, Part C, centres (as identified on the Policies Map). justified. See and final Council’s response paragraph C) do not lead to clustering or proliferation of such uses where they undermine to Action Points 44, objectives to promote healthy living and the vitality and viability of the centre, in 45 and 83. particular where there would be an over concentration of inactive units within a parade of Main Town Centre Uses.

Subject to first meeting the above criteria, where the proposal is solely for a hot food takeaways and fast food outlets development will only be supported where:

1. there is no clustering or cumulative impact resulting from an over concentration of hot food takeaways in an area. Clustering will occur where more than 10% of units, in a parade of Main Town Centre Uses, will be used as a hot food takeaway; and

2. the number of approved hot food takeaways within the ward is less than the UK national average of hot food takeaways per 1,000 population;

Proposals solely for a hot food takeaway, which are located within 400 metres of a school, sixth form college, community centre or playground will not be supported

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A60 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) unless the opening hours are restricted until after 1700 during weekdays and there are no over the counter sales before that time.

MM138 Paragraph 8.25 The definition of ‘Food and Drink Uses’ is set out in the Local Plan’s Glossary at To ensure the policy Not Significant – Appendix 1. Whilst these uses serve a useful function they have potential to is effective. See technical clarification undermine the role of centres where the concentration of such leads to loss of Council’s response variety in the shopping offer available, particularly when evening opening hours to Action Points 44, result in shuttered premises during the day, making the high street less appealing to 45 and 83. visitors during the day. The policy aims to ensure town centres have a suitable mix of uses to create a balance along streets and parades (rows or frontages) of Main Town Centre Uses within designated town, district, local centres and neighbourhood shopping parades so that they provide a greater mix of uses, increase footfall, and bring community uses closer to communities. Such uses can also affect the local amenity of a centre through extended opening hours, increased traffic and on-street parking, generation of cooking odours, smells, litter and discarded food waste, produce night time noise and general disturbances and other community safety issues. Therefore, aAppropriate conditions will be applied to the granting of planning permission in the interests of protecting the amenity of surrounding occupants and the vitality and viability of the immediate area. MM139 Paragraph 8.26 Food and drink uses should be located within easily accessible locations, preferably To ensure the policy Not Significant – (was 8.29 but within or next to existing centres which can be reached on foot, or on bike and via is effective. See technical clarification moved in full to public transport. Such uses are generally not acceptable within residential areas Council response to make the and there will be some instances where it will be appropriate to resist them on Action Point 83. explanatory text existing frontages where there are residential uses above them. flow in line with policy) MM140 Paragraph 8.27 Unhealthy diets, inactivity and the availability of high energy foods are major factors To ensure the policy Not Significant – (was 8.26) in the rise of obesity across the UK. Obesity is a complex issue and not solely is effective. See technical clarification affected by individual behaviours but influenced by a number of social and Council’s response environmental issues. There are around 260 existing hot food takeaways across to Action Points 44 Doncaster (2017 data) with 89.3% of the population living within 1 km of a and 83. takeaway. As such, there are concerns regarding the combination of the proliferation of fast food outlets hot food takeaways in the Borough and the To ensure the policy Borough’s high levels of obesity. Planning permission will not be granted for new is consistent with hot food takeaways such A5 uses where the number of approved A5 establishments, national policy within the ward, equals or exceeds the UK national average per 1,000 population. following the Use The information on hot food takeaways is regularly monitored by Doncaster Public Classes Order Health and Planning. When assessing planning applications the most up to date data changes – will be used; this can be found on the Council’s website. September 2020.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A61 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM141 Paragraph 8.28 Childhood obesity is a growing threat to children’s health and Doncaster’s proportion To ensure the policy Not Significant – (was 8.27) of children identified at risk of obesity is a cause for concern. Planning permission is consistent with technical clarification will not be supported for A5 use in Wards where there is more than 10% of the year national policy 6 pupils classified as obese. Unhealthy weight gradually increases throughout following the Use people’s lives, and almost three quarters (74.8%) of Doncaster’s adult population Classes Order have an unhealthy weight, which is the second highest in England. This policy seeks changes – to manage and control the provision of hot-food-takeaways and fast food outlets September 2020. particularly within specific areas (i.e., within a 400 metre walking distance of a school, college or playground). To ensure the policy is effective. See Council’s response to Action Points 44 and 83. MM142 Paragraph 8.29 The numbers of hot food takeaway establishments are particularly high within To ensure the policy Not Significant – (was 8.28) district, local centres and neighbourhood shopping parades centres where people is consistent with provides consistency seek easy access to such food. In order to support other Borough strategies, national policy planning permission will not be granted for hot food takeaways A5 uses where it following the Use would result in a clustering and proliferation of such A5 uses to the detriment of the Classes Order character and function, or vitality and viability, of a centre or neighbourhood parade, changes – or if it would have an adverse impact on the standard of amenity (living conditions) September 2020. for existing and future occupants of land and buildings. In order to avoid clustering and proliferation, hot food takeaways should balance out the mix of uses within the To ensure that the parades (row or frontage) and not dominate the centre. In order to assess future policy is effective. applications for such uses the policy sets out the appropriate criteria and thresholds See Council to achieve the objective of not saturating centres with one particular use as well as response to Action helping to achieve the Borough’s healthy eating objective. there should be no more Points 45 and 83. than two consecutive A5 uses in any one length of frontage. Where A5 uses already exist in any one length of frontage, a gap of at least two non A5 use shall be required before a further A5 use will be permitted in the same length of frontage. An A5 use will not be permitted where it will result in the percentage of A5 uses in the Borough’s town, district or local centres exceeding 5% of total commercial uses. Where there are less than 20 units in a parade no more than one A5 unit will be permitted. MM143 Paragraph 9.2 For the purposes of planning policy, the remainder of the Borough is either Green Amends to reflect Not Significant – Belt or “Countryside Policy Area”. changes to Policy 2. technical clarification MM144 Paragraph 9.4 Policy 2 also explains that outside of Development Limits and the Green Belt, Amends to reflect Not Significant – ‘appropriate development’ may be supported, if adjacent or close to a Development changes to Policy 2. technical clarification Limit, subject to the criteria of Level 5 (Countryside) of that Policy.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A62 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM145 Paragraph 9.5 Proposals for new development in the Countryside Policy Area will be supported if in Amends to reflect Not Significant – accordance with the following Policy. changes to Policy 2. technical clarification MM146 Policy 26: Policy 26: Development in the Countryside Policy Area To ensure that the Not Significant – Countryside – policy is consistent provides consistency title, preambles, Proposals for the conversion of rural buildings in the Countryside Policy Area will be with national policy and Part 3 supported provided that: and as identified in … the Council’s Proposals for the replacement of a dwelling in the Countryside Policy Area will be response to PQ36. supported provided that: Amends to reflect … changes to Policy 2. The Council is Proposals to extend existing dwellings in the Countryside Policy Area, or any other suggesting further building within its curtilage, will be supported provided that Criteria A, B, D & E modifications (post – above are satisfied; and that: Hearings) are also … necessary to part 3 preamble and part C In the Countryside Policy Area, planning permission will be granted for dwellings to to make clear policy meet the essential needs of an existing agriculture, forestry, or other enterprise for consideration of which justifies a rural location, where it can be demonstrated that: proposals for new … dwellings required to meet the essential If a new dwelling is essential to support the above the essential needs of a new needs of both agriculture, forestry, or other enterprise which justifies a rural location, it should existing and new normally, for the first three years, be provided by temporary accommodation than agricultural, forestry can demonstrate: or other rural enterprises in the … Countryside Policy Area. This will make (Furthermore, a consequential amendment is required to move the paragraph (after sure that the policy Criterion B), referring to occupancy conditions, so that it refers to proposals for will be effective. dwellings in the situations permitted via both Criteria A&B and by C&D. Therefore it is proposed that the fourth paragraph of Policy 26, Part 3, be moved after Criterion D.)

Permissions granted for temporary accommodation will be subject to time restrictions.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A63 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Other proposals for new dwellings in the Countryside Policy Area will be supported in line with national policy for ‘entry level’ exception sites for housing, rural exception sites for housing and for isolated homes of exceptional design quality. …

Proposals for non-residential developments will be supported in the Countryside Policy Area provided that: MM147 Paragraph 9.6 This policy applies to relevant proposals in the Countryside Policy Area… Amends to reflect Not Significant – changes to Policy 2. provides consistency MM148 Paragraph 9.7 National policy seeks to avoid new inappropriate isolated dwellings in the Amends to reflect Not Significant – Countryside so proposals to replace or extend dwellings in the Countryside Policy changes to Policy 2. provides consistency Area will be subject to Part 2 of the Policy to assess the proposal against the impact of the 'original' existing development. MM149 Paragraph 9.14 The NPPF gives clear guidance that planning policies should support economic Amends to reflect Not Significant – growth in rural areas, and together with other policies in the Plan, Part 4 of this changes to Policy 2. provides consistency policy provides support for appropriate proposals for new non-residential development in the Countryside Policy Area…

MM150 Policy 27: Green A) Proposals will be supported which contribute towards green infrastructure and To ensure that the Not Significant – Infrastructure – have regard to the latest Council GI audits and strategies. The green policy will be technical clarification Part A1 infrastructure should principally benefit the development and but also connect to effective and the wider network. Major development proposals of 30 family dwellings15 one justified. See hectare or more (see also Policy 43 part C) will be required to provide a GI Council’s response masterplan demonstrateing how the development: to Action Point 27.

1. contributes toward delivering identified opportunities, priorities and address deficiencies local need; MM151 Paragraph 10.3 … The policy provides for economic, social and environmental benefits, and helps To ensure that the Not Significant – address local GI needs deficiencies, implement and deliver targets set out in our policy is consistent provides consistency various local strategies. with national policy and justified. See Council’s response to Action Point 27. MM152 Paragraph 10.6 …Assessing provision and addressing local GI needs deficiencies are an essential To ensure that the Not Significant – requirement for any housing proposal especially when providing family homes, policy is consistent provides consistency which for the purpose of these policies are 2 bedroomed units capable of supporting with national policy families. Green infrastructure should be considered designed as an integral part of and justified. See the any new development and include landscaping, well designed sustainable Council’s response drainage systems, providing quality habitat, accessible amenity areas, nature to Action Point 27.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A64 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) conservation areas and play space which meet the Council’s requirements in terms of detailed siting, size, shape and design. GI should form an integral part of the design of major planning applications as set out in Policy 43 part C. MM153 Paragraph 10.8 Development proposals will be supported that include considerations master To ensure that the Not Significant – planning for green infrastructure within which developers should evaluate all the GI policy is consistent provides consistency assets and facilities in the vicinity of the proposal, taking account of quantity, with national policy accessibility, quality and value to the local community. This will identify priorities in and justified. See the area and allow for their inclusion in the development scheme. Green Council’s response Infrastructure considerations Each master plan will therefore have its their own to Action Point 27. defined principles and objectives dependent on the nature and location of the development. MM154 Policy 28: A) Within the open spaces policy areas, as defined on the Policies Map, proposals for To ensure that the Not Significant – Protecting Open the creation and enhancement of sports and recreation facilities will be supported, policy is effective technical clarification Space & Non where: and clear and Designated Open consistent with Pat Space – Part A D and as per the Council’s response to PQ40. MM155 Policy 28: 4. nature conservation improvements are the key driver; and To ensure the policy Not Significant - Protecting Open 5. green infrastructure connections are retained.; and, is consistent with reinforcement of Space & Non 6. the space does not contribute to the character of a Conservation Area or the national policy. existing Designated Open setting of a designated heritage asset. Responds to commitments to Space – Part B objection raised by heritage protection Historic England at appraised as a Regulation 19 stage positive under and identified in Objective 13, CSD5. Appendix J MM156 Policy 28: C) Development proposals on ‘Local Green Space’, defined on the Policies Map, will To ensure the policy Not Significant – Protecting Open be considered in accordance with national and local policy and guidance. is consistent with provides consistency Space & Non national policy. See Designated Open Council’s response Space – Part C to Action Point 65. MM157 Paragraph 10.17 10.17…These three sites (off Low Road West, Warmsworth; Sutton Road, Campsall; To ensure that the Not Significant – and, Cardwell Court, Braithwell)areas are also identified on the Polices Map as ‘Local policy is justified and technical clarification Green Space’ in line with the ‘Local Green Space Methodology and Sites’ evidence effective. Responds base document. to objection raised by JVH Town Planning at Regulation 19 stage

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A65 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) and as identified in CSD6 and the Council’s response to PQ41. MM158 Policy 29: Open To address local green (open) space needs and deficiencies, development proposals: To ensure the policy Not Significant – Space Provision is consistent with provides consistency in New A) of 20 family dwellings or more will be supported which contribute 10% national policy and Developments – or 15% of the site as on-site open space to benefit the development justified and Parts A, B & C itself – the nature and type of which will be determined by having regard effective. As to the Council’s Green Space Audit and Playing Pitch Strategy. identified in the Council’s response B) of 20 family dwellings or more, adjacent or close to a large open space to PQ41 and Action (such as a public park or recreation area) alternatively may be asked to Point 28. provide a commuted sum of 10% or 15% of the residential market land value9 of the development site. The open space/GI requirements will be determined by having regard to the Council’s Green Space Audits and Strategies.

C) of between 10 and 20 family dwellings will be supported which provide for a commuted sum of 10% or 15% of the residential market land value of the development site to improve existing open spaces within the vicinity of the development.

Footnote – The commuted sum will be 15% of the market land value of the development site as defined by the red line boundary of the planning application MM159 Paragraph 10.21 National planning policy states access to high quality open spaces and opportunities To ensure the policy Not Significant – for sport and recreation makes an important contribution to the health and well- is consistent with provides consistency being. The policy is supported by a robust and up-to-date Playing Pitch Strategy and national policy and and technical Green Space Audit, which identifies open space, sport and recreation facilities and justified and clarification opportunities for new provision. Where these documents identify localised needs effective. As deficiencies, a higher value of on-site provision or commuted sum will be required… identified in the Council’s response to PQ41 and Hearing Statement. MM160 Paragraph 10.22 The policy indicates that proposals must address open space needs and deficiencies To ensure that the Not Significant - with developments of 20 family dwellings or more, providing either 10 or 15% of the policy is effective. further mods also red line boundary as on site open space per family dwelling. In areas that need Responds to now suggested, i.e. deficient in children’s play space (informal open space) this the provision of objection raised by

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A66 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) children’s play space will be the highest priority. On smaller development proposals DLP at Regulation 19 removal of reference the emphasis may wholly be on the provision of children’s play space (see stage and as to deficiencies paragraph 10.30below). On larger applications where the open space provision will identified in CSD5 equate to 0.4 hectares or more the type amount of open space to be provided and the Council’s should include be broken down in to a minimum of 32% on-site open space suitable response to PQ41. for children’s play in the first instance, with the remainder taking the form of See also Council’s recreational sports fields, woodlands, nature conservation areas, allotments, or response to Action green infrastructure corridors, depending on the type of identified need in the area. Point 28. Alternatively very large developments could consider open space provision such as a public park with integrated children’s play. Ultimately the nature and type of open space will be determined by having regard to the most up to date Green Space Audit, Playing Pitch Strategy and Green Infrastructure Strategy. Where deficiencies are identified in the audit, 15% onsite open space provision will be required. MM161 Paragraph 10.23 The Green Space Audit identifies a number of different standards and associated To ensure that the Not Significant – open space needs deficiencies within our communities, taking account of five policy is effective. technical clarification different open space types including: formal and informal open space, allotments, Responds to public parks, woodlands and nature conservation areas. On-site open space objection raised by provision within new development proposals will have direct regard to these open DLP at Regulation 19 space types. The provision of green (open) space around the Borough varies greatly stage and as by both type and by community. It is important therefore to look at local provision, identified in CSD5 accessibility, quality and value of green space when looking determining a and the Council’s community’s needs and requirements as part of an new development overall response to PQ41 masterplan. and Action Point 28. MM162 Paragraph 10.25 Development proposals of between 10 to 20 family dwellings will be required to To ensure that the Not Significant – provide a commuted sum. The market value of a site will be established by the policy will be technical clarification Council’s in-house property surveyors and this will be used to determine the amount effective. Need for of commuted sum, to be agreed through a Section 106 agreement. Development clarity identified proposals of 20 dwellings or more, adjacent to or in the vicinity of a large open through the space or recreation area, may alternatively be required to provide a commuted sum Council’s Soundness for open space improvements or a combination of commuted sum and on-site self-assessment provision as opposed to onsite provision if the evidence in the Green Space Audit check list and as supports the need for improvements over new open space. In assessing the exact identified in CSD5 amount of commuted sum and/or on-site provision to be provided, the Council will and the Council’s have regard to the nature and location of the development and existing open space response to Action needs within the community (see paragraph 10.30). The commuted sum will be Point 28. 15%based on the percentage of the residential market land value of the development’s site area (as defined by the red-line boundary of the relevant planning application).

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A67 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM163 Paragraph 10.28 Within new developments open space provision should be an integral part of the To ensure that the Not Significant – master planning application process – see Policy 27. policy is effective. technical clarification See Council’s response to Action Point 28. MM164 Paragraph 10.29 To ensure the delivery of appropriate type of open space (outdoor sport, informal To ensure that the Not Significant – play and recreation provision) master plans planning applications should: policy is effective. technical clarification See Council’s • identify types of open spaces, their locations and define the uses; response to Action • include areas of Nnatural Pplay (where appropriate);… Point 28. MM165 Paragraph 10.30 Addressing Open Space Needs Deficiencies and Priorities To ensure that the Not Significant – policy is effective. technical clarification The Council will liaise with developers to agree area specific priorities for Responds to development proposals having regard to open space needs deficiencies and priorities objection raised by within a community as identified in the latest Green Space Audit… DLP at Regulation 19 stage and as identified in CSD5 and the Council’s response to PQ41. MM166 Paragraph 10.31 …A number of options are available including: To ensure that the Not Significant – plan is effective. technical clarification  adoption by the Council (which would be accompanied by a commuted sum for 15 times the annual maintenance cost); or  retention by the developer accompanied…

MM167 Policy 31: Valuing A) All proposals shall be considered in light of the mitigation hierarchy To ensure that the Not Significant Biodiversity & in accordance with National Policy. policy is consistent Geodiversity – with national policy. Part A1 See Council’s A) B) Proposals which may harm designated Local Wildlife Sites, Local response to Action Geological Sites, Priority Habitats, Priority Species, protected species Point 66. or non-designated sites or features of biodiversity interest, will only be supported where:

1. the mitigation hierarchy is applied so that firstly harm is avoided wherever possible, then appropriate mitigation is provided to lessen the impact of any unavoidable harm, and as a last resort

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A68 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) compensation is delivered to offset any residual damage to biodiversity; 1. they use the DEFRA biodiversity metric to demonstrate that a proposal will deliver a minimum 10% net gain for biodiversity; 2. they protect, restore, enhance and provide appropriate buffers around wildlife and geological features and aim bridge gaps to link these to the wider ecological network; … MM168 Policy 31: Valuing C)… Proposals should seek to protect and enhance Sites Not Significant – Biodiversity & of Special Scientific interest Interest and maintain, strengthen, and bridge gaps to reinforcement of Geodiversity – link them to the wider ecological network wherever possible. existing Part C commitment to the protection of natural resources, appraised as a significant positive under Objective 12, Appendix J MM169 Paragraph 10.40 The use of the mitigation hierarchy will ensure that the most valuable ecological To ensure that the Not Significant – features of a site are protected and harm to biodiversity is minimised. In line with policy is consistent reinforcement of best practice, the provision of compensation to account for residual biodiversity with national policy existing commitment impacts will not be allowed unless the prior steps of the mitigation hierarchy have and will be effective. to the protection of been followed, and all opportunities to avoid and then minimise negative impacts Responds to natural resources, have first been pursued. Impacts on irreplaceable habitats such as ancient woodland objection raised by appraised as a and lowland raised mire will not be supported and cannot be accounted through a Natural England at significant positive Net Gain approach. Using the latest DEFRA biodiversity metric is an effective way of Regulation 19 stage under Objective 12, accounting for the impacts of a proposal on biodiversity and demonstrating that a and as identified in Appendix J net gain will be delivered. It also provides flexibility and encourages projects to CSD5. consider biodiversity from the outset. Use of the metric rewards schemes that minimise their impacts but also gives options to developers in terms of whether necessary mitigation is delivered on or off site. A minimum 10% net gain will be expected unless national standards increase this in the future. In order to properly inform applications, surveys will be required in line with the latest British Standard (BS42020 2013 or its replacement). It is expected that compensation will be directed towards projects that contribute to Doncaster’s Nature Recovery Network and other biodiversity and landscape scale conservation priorities. Proposals can… MM170 Paragraph 10.41 … Doncaster’s important habitats and species are located. The Council’s website also To ensure that policy Not Significant – provides a Biodiversity Map that collates all the latest information on biodiversity is effective. See technical clarification

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A69 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) and geodiversity designations and nature conservation areas such as Nature Council response to Improvement Areas and Biodiversity Opportunity Areas. Action Point 66.

(with the Biodiversity Map being a footnote web-link to the following: https://www.doncaster.gov.uk/services/planning/local-wildlife-and-geological-sites) MM171 Policy 34: Where development proposals will most likely result in a significant impact on the To ensure the policy Not Significant – Landscape – Borough’s landscape the proposals should assess the potential impact (including is consistent with reinforcement of Preamble to Parts cumulative impact) and propose how any negative effects will be minimised. national policy and existing F-I will be effective. commitment to Responds to landscape objection raised by protection. CPRE at Regulation 19 stage and as identified in CSD5. MM172 Paragraph 11.7 The adopted Doncaster Heritage Strategy (2015 – 2019) goes beyond the physical To ensure that the Not Significant – historic environment and seeks to ensure a coordinated approach across the Council Plan is justified. See technical clarification to all heritage related services and activities. The strategy identifies key buildings Council response to and projects which are important to the heritage of the Borough. The purpose of Action Point 68. Part B of this policy is to give increased weight in decision making to proposals that serve to increase the accessibility to, and enjoyment of, key buildings which are important to the heritage of the Borough these heritage assets and serves to encourage greater opportunities for use of the historic environment in education and increased levels of investment and tourism. Heritage assets of national significance are identified in the policy but the policy is intended to apply equally to other heritage assets of regional or local significance referenced in the document. The Doncaster Heritage Strategy also identifies Hhow the long-term conservation of the Borough’s heritage assets can be achieved and how this can be accomplished through the planning process is identified in Part C of the policy. MM173 Policy 38: Proposals that may result in potential harm to a conservation area will be refused To ensure the policy Not Significant – Conservation unless the harm is outweighed by public benefits arising from the development. is effective. commitment to Areas – Part B Improves clarity of Conservation policy-wording as Area protection identified by CSD5. remains. MM174 Paragraph 11.31 … The criteria by which these were selected are included as Appendix 8 which will be To ensure the Plan is Not Significant – revised periodically and amended and updated as necessary in light of changes in effective. See technical clarification national guidance and changing circumstances. The Council will continue to review Council’s response existing and any prospective parks and gardens of local historic interest. to Action Point 67.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A70 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM175 Policy 41: Development proposals affecting buildings that have been identified as meet the To ensure that the Not Significant – Buildings or criteria of buildings of local historic interest either as part of a local list or as part of policy is justified and technical clarification Structures of the planning application process will be assessed against the following principles: effective. See Local Historic Council response to Interest - Action Point 67. Preamble MM176 Paragraph 11.40 … As part of a positive strategy for the conservation and enjoyment of the historic To ensure that the Not Significant – environment required by the NPPF, and as expressed in the Council’s Heritage plan is effective and technical clarification Strategy, the Council will seek to identify unlisted buildings of heritage significance as identified in the through a local list of buildings of architectural and historic interest with priority Council’s response given to such buildings outside conservation areas. A draft set of criteria for to PQ42 and Action compiling such a list is included in Appendix 10 and the process for establishing such Points 67 and 68. a list will be subject to further public consultation. The criteria will be revised periodically and amended and updated as necessary in light of changes in national guidance and changing circumstances. Buildings that qualify for the ‘local list’ by meeting the criteria may also be revealed as part of the planning application process or through the neighbourhood plan process. Once a local list that has undergone public consultation is established the heritage significance of buildings or structures on the list would be a material consideration in planning applications. MM177 Paragraph 11.41 … Locally listed buildings within conservation areas would be subject to Policy 38 on To ensure that the Not Significant – conservation areas. Buildings that meet the local list criteria may also be revealed as plan is effective. See technical clarification part of the planning application process or through the neighbourhood plan process. Council’s response Such buildings would also be subject to Policy 41 unless they are within a to Action Point 67. conservation area where Policy 38 would apply, or in the case of neighbourhood plan buildings of local heritage significance, are subject to specific neighbourhood plan policies. MM178 Policy 42: B) Where an applicant wishes to utilise standardised, or ‘off the shelf’ designs which To ensure that the Not Significant – Character and have been used previously, unless these designs are rigorously justified under Policy is justified. technical clarification Local the requirements of part E of this policy, the designs must they should, where See Council’s Distinctiveness – necessary, be adapted to complement or re-interpret local character, or make response to Action Part B them more distinctive by developing an appropriate locally inspired new identity Point 24. and appearance for the development. MM179 Policy 45: C) …In particular, the prevailing character of parts of Bessacarr, Sprotbrough and To ensure that the Not Significant – Residential parts of Thorne Road at Edenthorpe, as defined on the Policies Map, will be plan is effective and technical clarification Design – Part C protected from further Backland and Tandem development… as identified in the Council’s response to PQ43. MM180 Policy 45: D) Major applications (of over 0.5 hectares or 10 or more residential units) which To ensure the policy Not Significant – Residential include housing should utilise Building for a Healthy Life throughout the design is consistent with provides consistency

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A71 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Design – Part D & process, including at pre-application stage where the tool can be beneficial in helping national policy and end paragraph shape high quality housing schemes. effective - Since the MIQ’s have been Applicants will be expected to explain how these requirements have been met in their published, BFL has submitted Design and Access Statements, which should include a Building for a been updated and healthy Life assessment where required. renamed as Building MM181 Paragraph 12.18 …The design quality of major schemes should be shaped and assessed by using the for a Healthy Life Not Significant – Building for a Healthy Life criteria (or any subsequent revised national standard) in (BHL) with a greater provides consistency addition to the policy criteria above. A high quality scheme will perform well against emphasis on all of Building for a Healthy Life criteria. securing healthy places. MM182 Policy 46: …Exemptions to these requirements will only be considered where the applicant can To ensure that the Not Significant – Housing Design robustly demonstrate, with appropriate evidence, that adhering to the standards is policy is effective. technical clarification Standards – not feasible due to physical constraints (such as vulnerability to flooding, site See Council’s penultimate topography, or where step free access cannot be achieved), or it is demonstrated response to Action paragraph that it is not viable to do so… Point 25. MM183 Paragraph 12.26 To allow the Planning Authority and Building Control body to check compliance of a To ensure Plan is Not Significant – development against the Nationally Described Space Standard, it would be helpful if consistent with provides consistency planning applications should clearly state on all appropriate plans: national policy. See Council’s response • The internal area (m2) and width (m) of every bedroom and the number of to Action Point 26. intended occupants for each bedroom in each different type of dwelling on the site; • All specific storage spaces and its internal area (m2) in each different type of dwelling on the site; and • The overall gross internal area (m2) of each different type of dwelling on the site.

Failure to do so may result in the application being rejected based on the grounds of the application’s non-compliance with Policy 46 A) of the Local Plan. MM184 Paragraph 12.28 To allow the Planning Authority and Building Control body to check the compliance To ensure Plan is Not Significant – of a development against the M4(2) and M4(3) wheelchair adaptable building consistent with provides consistency regulations, it would be helpful if submitted drawings planning applications should national policy. See clearly state on all appropriate plans: Council’s response to Action Point 26. MM185 Paragraph 12.29 Failure to do so may result in the application being rejected based on the grounds of To ensure Plan is Not Significant – the application’s non-compliance with Policy 46 B and C of the Local Plan. M4(2) consistent with provides consistency and M4(3) adaptable dwellings compliance… national policy. See

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A72 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Council’s response to Action Point 26. MM186 Paragraph 12.30 The policy allows for considerations to be taken into account where site specific To ensure that the Not Significant – factors such as vulnerability to flooding, site topography, and other circumstances policy is consistent provides consistency which may make a specific site (or part of a site) less suitable for M4(2), or when with national policy compliant dwellings must be taken into consideration, particularly where step free and is justified. See access cannot be achieved. M4(2) requires all dwellings to have step-free access. Council’s response This means that all dwellings accessed Where the policy affects dwellings accessed to Action Point 25. above the ground floor lift access would be required. require a lift access. The application of requirement M4(2) has particular implications for two and three storey blocks of flats, or stacked maisonettes, which historically have not been required to provide lifts. This requirement may be subject to development-specific viability assessments and consideration should be given to ongoing maintenance costs. Where multi storey flats or apartments are being developed without lift provision, ground floor flats will still be required to meet the optional accessibility standards… MM187 Policy 51: Health D) that the healthcare infrastructure implications of any relevant proposed To ensure Plan is Not Significant – – Part D development have been considered and addressed, when and where necessary; consistent with provides consistency national policy. See Council’s response to Action Point 29. MM188 Policy 51: Health E) controlling the location of, and access to, unhealthy eating outlets Food and Drink To ensure the policy Not Significant – – Part E Uses, and is effective and technical clarification justified. See Council’s response to Action Point 46. MM189 New paragraph There are many references to health and wellbeing throughout the Local Plan and To ensure Plan is Not Significant – after current national policy and guidance. In consultation with our local healthcare providers consistent with provides consistency paragraph 13.4 who deliver health infrastructure facilities in the Borough, developers of large national policy and housing developments (or where there are cumulative effects from a number of will be effective. See smaller developments), should have regard to whether there is a need to deliver Council’s response appropriate health care facilities. The need for healthcare facilities, or other health- to Action Point 29. promoting infrastructure such as segregated cycle lanes or leisure facilities, should be considered in-step with the demands from new development. This is particularly necessary for large sites that may develop out in multiple phases during which time the demands created from a development may change. The Council will continue to work collaboratively with local health care providers to assist with their service planning and to help ensure planned development through the Local Plan forms part of their strategic planning.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A73 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM190 Paragraph 13.5 An important contributing factor to poor diet and health in Doncaster is the To ensure the policy Not Significant – distribution and access to Food and Drink Uses unhealthy eating outlets, such as hot is effective and technical clarification food takeaways, cafes, and restaurants with a takeaway service. particularly in justified. See areas of deprivation. This is of particular relevance in areas of deprivation. In some Council’s response locations… to Action Point 46.

MM191 Policy 53: New B) Where significant housing proposals of 20 or more family dwellings will To ensure that the Not Significant – Education create or exacerbate a shortfall in the number of local school places, policy will be technical clarification facilities – Part B mitigation will be required, either through an appropriate contribution to off- effective. See site provision or, in the case of larger sites, on-site provision. Council’s response to Action Point 30. Footnote “Family dwelling” for the purposes of this policy means a dwelling with 2 or more bedrooms. This includes flats. MM192 Policy 55: …When determining planning applications, the agent of change principle will be To ensure the policy Not Significant - Pollution – applied, and particular consideration will be given to: is consistent with (Part D as before, Preamble text & national policy and but further Parts B, D and E B) …A Noise Assessment will be required to enable clear decision-making on any will be effective. suggested relevant planning application. Proposals will need to have regard to the standards Responds to modifications to Part identified in Appendix 11 to establish if the proposal is acceptable in noise impact objections raised by B since) – provides terms. the Mineral Products consistency Association and the D) any adverse effects on the quantity, quality and ecology features of water bodies Environment Agency and groundwater resources, including contamination to Source Protection Zones. at Regulation 19 stage and as E) …the rural night-sky, observatories, road-users, and designated sites for identified in CSD5. conservation of biodiversity and or protected species are included within the Part B is to ensure proposals. that the policy is effective and as identified in the Council’s response to PQ44 and Action Point 31. Part E addresses objection from Yorkshire Wildlife Trust at Regulation 19 stage and as identified in CSD6.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A74 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM193 New paragraph Noise levels vary from relatively quiet areas within Doncaster’s parks to much To ensure that the Not Significant – following existing noisier areas close to the A1(M), M18 and Doncaster Sheffield Airport. Unacceptable policy is effective technical clarification paragraph levels of noise can be a cause of health and stress related problems, create amenity and as identified in 13.19 issues, and can result in negative impacts on productivity and learning. For these the Council’s reasons, it is fundamental that the relationship between noise sources and noise response to Action sensitive development is effectively and appropriately managed. Key to this Point 31. approach will be a methodology for separating noise sensitive developments from noise generating sources. MM194 Paragraph 13.20 To assist in the interpretation of Part B of the policy, guidance is set out to assist To ensure that the Not Significant – with preparing successful planning applications and to inform decision-making. policy is effective technical clarification When assessing and interpreting the likely impact of noise associated with, or likely and as identified in to affect, the development, guidance in Appendix 11 (Noise) the accompanying CSD6 and the Noise Annex (and Planning Practice Guidance standards) should be applied. Where Council’s response required, good acoustic design through careful planning and layout can appropriately to Action Point 31.. mitigate noise impacts. MM195 Policy 56: Development on land that is unstable, currently contaminated or suspected of being To ensure that the Not Significant – Contamination contaminated due to its previous history or geology, or that will potentially become policy is consistent provides consistency and Unstable contaminated as a result of the development, will require the submission of an with national policy Land appropriate Preliminary Risk Assessment. Proposals will be required to mitigate and will be effective. contamination or land stability by: MM196 New opening Groundwater is an important resource that we rely on everyday and provides the To ensure the policy Not Significant – paragraph to the majority of drinking water, sustains baseflow and ecology in our rivers, and supports is consistent with provides consistency explanatory text lakes and wetland ecosystems. Contamination in or on land can present national policy and - the SA includes the before existing unacceptable risks to human health and the wider environment, including to will be effective. presumption that paragraph 13.22 groundwater. Doncaster’s water supply depends on groundwater abstractions in the Responds to drinking water Principal aquifer which has high permeability and needs to be protected to avoid any objection raised by supplies will be kind of contamination. The protection is given by buffer zones around the source of the Environment protected through drinking water called Source Protection Zones which are divided into 3 zones (inner, Agency at appropriate outer, and source catchment protection). The Environment Agency provides further Regulation 19 stage reference to guidance on what activities are possible in these zones – see also Policy 61. and as identified in Environment Agency CSD5. guidance. MM197 New paragraph The impacts of artificial lighting (light pollution) are comprehensively considered in To ensure the policy Not Significant – following the national guidance and best practice including for example the use of the most up to is consistent with procedural above and prior date ‘Bats and artificial lighting guidance note’. These measures are of particular national policy and clarification. to existing importance in the areas such as Thorne and Hatfield Moors Special Protection Area’s will be effective. paragraph 13.22 (SPA). Responds to objection raised by the Yorkshire Wildlife Trust at

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A75 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Regulation 19 stage and as identified in CSD5. MM198 Paragraph 13.22 …National planning policy states that any potentially contaminated or unstable land To ensure the policy Not Significant – being assessed for development through the planning process should be dealt with is consistent with procedural at this stage ensuring that it poses no unacceptable risk to future occupiers or the national policy and clarification. wider environment. Adequate site investigation information, prepared by a will be effective. competent person, is required to consider the requirements of Policy 56. Should Responds to any proposed site, currently or previously, have been subject to land-use(s) which objection raised by have the potential to have caused contamination of the underlying soils and Environment Agency groundwater then any planning application must be supported by a Preliminary Risk at Regulation 19 Assessment to demonstrate that the risks posed to ‘controlled waters’ by any stage and as contamination are understood by the applicant and can be safely managed. It is identified in CSD5. recommended that developers consider using the National Quality Mark Scheme for Land Contamination Management which involves the use of competent persons to ensure that land contamination risks are appropriately managed and refer to the contaminated land pages on www.gov.uk for more information. MM199 Policy 58: Flood C) All windfall development proposals outside of Development Allocations in To ensure the policy Not Significant – Risk Management Flood Zones 2 and 3a will be supported as follows: is consistent with provides consistency – Part C national policy and Housing; some commercial, business and service; and general industrial (B1E(c), justified. Responds E(g) (except for E(gi)) Offices) & B2 use classes) for proposals at tiers 1 to 3 of the to objection raised settlement hierarchy (as defined by Policy 2): will be required to pass a sequential by the Environment test with an area of search normally confined to elsewhere within the same Agency at settlement. Regulation 19 stage that the approach to the policy had not been justified and to remove the smaller, less sustainable Defined Villages from the policy and as identified in the Council’s response to PQ12. Changes to ensure policy is consistent with Use Class Order changes – September 2020

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A76 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM200 Paragraph 14.7 …For clarity, Reserve Potential Development Sites’ (see Policy ) are generally sites Consequential Not Significant – that field the Sequential Test at plan-making stage so any future development amends required as provides consistency proposals on these sites still need to demonstrate a successful pass of the per Policy 6 Sequential Test as part of any future application. MM201 Policy 59: Low A) Proposals will be supported which give priority to: To ensure the policy Not Significant – Carbon and is consistent with provides consistency Renewable 1. Community energy schemes that are in full or part community national policy. Energy – Part A1 ownership, Responds to (new with 2. Biomass and energy crop schemes… objection raised by consequential CPRE at Regulation amends to 19 stage and as subsequent identified in CSD5. numbering of current 1-5) MM202 Policy 60: Wind A) medium to large-scale proposals are directed toward areas with the To ensure the Policy Not Significant – Energy highest relative landscape capacity sensitivity located within the Area of is consistent with provides consistency Developments – Search for Wind Energy Developments as shown on the Policies Map; national policy and Parts A, B, E & I justified. Additions B) small to medium scale wind power schemes are directed toward to Part E in line with employment locations which are sited away from the Thorne and Hatfield recommendation Moors, the River Don limestone gorge and other sensitive areas, views and from HRA Addendum uses; February 2021.

E) development achieves a net gain in biodiversity and has no unacceptable adverse impacts, including cumulative impacts, on the historic, built, natural environment and ecology biodiversity (particularly flight paths for birds and bats and, within 3km of Thorne and Hatfield Moors Special Protection Areas, foraging or migratory flight paths for nightjar);

I) any proposed turbine would be setback from any highway boundary, railway line, canal or other waterway, public footpath or bridleway by a sufficient distance to be safe; and MM203 Paragraph 14.18 Landscape character is important as it often informs much of the debate around Not Significant – wind development. There are two principal landscape types in Doncaster: the South technical clarification Magnesian Limestone and the Humberhead Levels. The Doncaster Landscape Character Assessment and the 2020 update highlights potential areas of moderate low and medium landscape sensitivity where wind power schemes may be more suitable. It also highlights areas that will be sensitive to such development, particularly parts areas in the far west of the Borough and along the Don River

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A77 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Valley., of the Green Belt has been excluded from the Area of Search as development within this designation is only permitted under ‘very special circumstances’. the airport in the east and the internationally important Thorne and Hatfield Moors. Generally, the Magnesian Limestone areas, as well as the flood plain surrounding the former Thorpe Marsh Power Station are considered to be of moderate capacity for wind development. However, the Magnesian Limestone areas are located within the Green Belt where development is only permitted under ‘very special circumstances’. As well as being Green Belt, the limestone ridge areas identified contain a number of important country houses and parklands as well our distinctive limestone villages. Elsewhere, the Humberhead Levels are considered to have low landscape capacity for wind turbines. Omitting these areas of low landscape capacity reduces the theoretical land available for wind development and reduces the potential technical installed capacity. MM204 Paragraph 14.19 Therefore, the designated ‘Area of Search for Wind Energy Developments’ shown on Not Significant – & 14.22 the Policies Map (see also Figure 13) focuses on directing medium-scale to large- provides consistency scale wind turbines to the less sensitive locations within the Borough Don Flood Plain. This policy sets out the main criteria that will be used to assess all wind energy developments that require planning permission. Within 3km of Thorne and Hatfield Moors Special Protection Areas applications will need to demonstrate through an appropriate assessment that there will be no adverse impact on the integrity of nightjar populations. Applicants will need to demonstrate how proposals will not cause an unacceptable impact on local residents and businesses and the built and natural environment… MM205 Figure 13: Area Delete existing Figure 13 below: Not Significant – of Search for provides consistency Wind Energy Developments

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A78 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification)

Replace with new Figure 13 as per the following:

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A79 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification)

MM206 Policy 61: A) Proposals on non-allocated sites that involve the significant loss of best and To ensure the policy Not Significant – Protecting and most versatile agricultural land (grades 1, 2 and 3a) will only be supported is consistent with provides consistency Enhancing where: national policy and Doncaster’s Soil 1. there is an overriding need for the proposal; as per the Council’s and water 1. there are no other suitable alternative locations… response to PQ46. Resources – Part A1 MM207 Policy 61: E) Proposals will be supported which will: To ensure the policy Not Significant - the Protecting and is consistent with wording changes Enhancing 1. make positive progress towards achieving ‘good’ status or potential under the national policy. reinforce existing Doncaster’s Soil Water Framework Directive in the borough’s surface and ground waterbodies; and, Responds to policy commitments and water 2. promote water efficiency measures which take account of current water objection raised by to the protection and Resources – Part availability (e.g. informed by Catchment Abstraction Management Strategies) and the Environment efficient used of E (new) future demand; Agency at water resources Regulation 19 stage which are appraised F) Proposals will not be supported which would:… and as identified in as a significant CSD5. positive (Appendix J,

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A80 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Objective 14). The change reinforces the significant positive score. MM208 Policy 62: 6. identifying on the Policies Map existing mineral sites with extant permission (see To ensure that the Not Significant – Providing for and Table 11 below), new mineral proposals (preferred areas (see Table 12 below)) and policy is effective. technical clarification Safeguarding ‘Areas of Search’ (see Table 13 below); (see also policy 63); and’ See Council Mineral response to Action Resources – Part Point 70. A6 MM209 Policy 62: 7. identifying on the Policies Map Mminerals and ancillary minerals infrastructure to To ensure that the Not Significant – Providing for and be sSafeguardinged Areas, from non-minerals development during and beyond the policy is effective. technical clarification Safeguarding plan period (Table 14). See Council Mineral 8. identifying on the Policies Map and safeguarding minerals transportation, handling response to Action Resources – Part and processing infrastructure from non-minerals development which may adversely Point 71. A7 & new Part A8 impact on the operation of the site in accordance with NPPF paragraph 182 (Table 14).

MM210 Policy 62: B) Proposals for non-mineral development within Mineral Safeguarding Areas To ensure the policy Not Significant – Providing for and (see Table 15), and the 250m buffer zone, will be supported where it can be is consistent with provides consistency Safeguarding demonstrated that: national policy and Mineral the policy will be Resources – Part 1. consideration has been given to the long term economic value of the effective. See B mineral, or; Council’s response 2. non-mineral development can take place without preventing the to Action Points 72 economically viable mineral resource from being extracted in the future, or; and 91. 3. the proposal can feasibly incorporate the prior extraction of any minerals of economic value in an environmentally acceptable way, or; 4. the need for the development outweighs the need to safeguard the area for future minerals extraction, or; 5. the development is permitted, minor or temporary in nature, see safeguarding exemptions in Table 16. MM211 Policy 62: C) Development proposals within the sand and gravel Safeguarding Area and Airport To ensure that the Not Significant – Providing for and Policy Area which comply with Policy 7: Doncaster Sheffield Airport and Business policy will be technical clarification Safeguarding Park are exempt from section B of this policy for the duration of the Local Plan. effective. See Mineral Council’s response Resources – Part to Action Points 72 C (new) and 92.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A81 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM212 Paragraph 14.42 The policy implements a planned tiered approach to the exploration and extraction To ensure that the Not Significant – of aggregate minerals by identifying existing sites, allocated site extensions policy is effective. technical clarification (‘preferred areas’), ‘areas of search’ and ‘safeguarded areas’. Policy 63 provides the See Council policy detail for delivering sharp sand and gravel proposals within ‘preferred areas’, response to Action ‘areas of search’ and other locations. Point 70. MM213 Paragraph 14.45 Table 10 identifies the mineral requirements Doncaster can plan for supply during To make the policy Not Significant – the Local pPlan period using the 2018 LAA (and 20167 data). The table below shows effective. Responds details of a reserve of 5.6Mt (at 2017), plus additional sand and gravel provision from the to liaison with East supply only. Local Plan allocations (see Table 12 later in this chapter). Riding of Yorkshire as part of Duty to Cooperate liaison and as identified in CSD5. MM214 Table 10: Locally (Please see Annex 1 for this Table.) To make the policy Not Significant - Sourced Mineral effective. Responds revisions made to Provision for the to liaison with East the Table since Plan Period Riding of Yorkshire as part of Duty to Cooperate liaison and as identified in CSD5. MM215 Paragraph 14.46 Figures from the 2018 LAA (see Table 10 above) indicates that the Council may not To make the policy Not Significant – be able maintain a supply of sand and gravel to meet our provision up to the end of effective. Responds details of the plan period. At 2017 Based on ten year average extraction levels (of 0.31Mt), to liaison with East supply only the reserve of equals 5.6Mt and the landbank of permissions equates to nearly over Riding of Yorkshire 18 years in 2017. Should extraction levels continue at three year average sales (of as part of Duty to 0.5Mt), the 5.6Mt reserve will last 11.2 years. Two allocations in the Local Plan (see Cooperate liaison table 12) will provide for an additional 1.9Mt of sand and gravel during the plan and as identified in period. The allocations will provide an additional six years of supply, based on ten CSD5. year average sales or 3.8 years supply based on three year average sales. Doncaster’s Local Provision will equate to 0.42Mt of sharp sand and gravel during the plan period in accordance with the figures in Table 10 and Table 11. Given only… MM216 Paragraph 14.48 The 2018 LAA identifies the limestone apportionment for Doncaster is healthy with a To make the policy Not Significant – 51.7 Mt reserve and a 30 year landbank (based on ten year average sales), or 22 effective. Responds details of years provision based on three year average sales. Based on historic extraction to liaison with East supply only figures, Doncaster’s Local Provision will equate to 2Mt of crushed rock during the Riding of Yorkshire plan period. The Council acknowledges… as part of Duty to Cooperate liaison

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A82 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) and as identified in CSD5. MM217 Paragraph 14.49 The mineral sites shown in Table 11 below have extant permissions and contribute To make the policy Not Significant – towards the aggregate landbank-. Tthe new mineral allocations (preferred areas) effective. Responds details of listed in Table 12 are Doncaster’s best options for increasing contributing towards to liaison with East supply only the landbank of permissions during the plan period. The ‘preferred areas’ will Riding of Yorkshire potentially provide 1.9Mt of sand and gravel increasing the land bank by 6 years as part of Duty to based on ten year average extraction rates of 0.33Mt, or 3.8 years based on the Cooperate liaison three year average extraction rate of 0.5Mt. and as identified in CSD5. MM218 Table 12 – Title Table 12: New Mineral Allocations Proposals (Preferred Areas) To ensure that the Not Significant – and ‘Mineral’ Plan id effective. technical clarification column Approximately 1.99Mt of Sand and Gravel Additional wording in column 3 to show the amount of material to be sourced from the proposals for clarification MM219 Safeguarding Safeguarding Ancillary Minerals Transportation, Handling and Processing To ensure that the Not Significant – Ancillary Minerals Infrastructure Plan is effective. See technical clarification Infrastructure – Council response to sub-heading Action Point 71. MM220 Paragraph 14.52 …Sites (with extant permission) have therefore been identified on the Policies Map. To ensure that the Not Significant – These sites will be safeguarded (including the consideration of a 250m buffer where Plan is consistent provides consistency appropriate) from other forms of development that may hinder their functionality with national policy lead to pressure to impose unreasonable restrictions on site operations in line with and will be effective. the ‘agent of change principle’ (currently set out in paragraph 182 of the NPPF)… See Council response to Action Points 71 and 90. MM221 Table 14: Table 34: Safeguarded Ancillary Minerals Transportation, Handling and Processing To ensure that the Not Significant Safeguarded Infrastructure Plan is effective. See Ancillary Minerals Council response to Infrastructure Type (Safeguarded Ancillary Minerals Action Point 71. Transportation, Handling and Processing Ref. No. Location Infrastructure) Notes

MM222 Paragraph 14.53 Mineral Safeguarding Areas (see Table 15 below) are areas of known mineral To ensure that the Not Significant – resources that are considered to be of sufficient economic or conservation value to policy is effective. technical clarification

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A83 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) warrant protection beyond the plan period. The purpose of the Mineral Safeguarding See Council Areas is to protect potentially important known mineral deposits from sterilisation by response to Action non-mineral surface development. Development proposals for mineral extraction, Point 72. housing and employment allocated within the Local Plan are considered to be of economic and social importance in line with the objectives of the NPPF and have therefore been removed from the Mineral Safeguarding Area to deliver the immediate development needs of the Local Plan. We The Council acknowledges it is still an important requiredment through national planning policy to consider and safeguard the remaining minerals that are an important national, regional and local resource.…Doncaster’s Mineral safeguarding Areas have been developed using an This is directly agreed methodology which assess the best available geological and mineral resource duplicated text from information against a variety of issues and constraints modified from our paragraph 14.55 sustainability appraisal criteria. and is an unintended formatting error MM223 Paragraph 14.55 Mineral Safeguarding Areas (and the 250m buffer zones where relevant) are To ensure the plan is Not Significant – & ‘new’ Table identified to prevent the sterilisation of shallow coal, crushed rock aggregate, sand consistent with provides consistency (current bullet and gravel and industrial limestone resources during and beyond the plan period. national policy and point text to be They are also identified under some developed / sterilised areas to allow for the the policy will be made into a consideration of prior extraction of mineral should this be appropriate as part of the effective. See Table) redevelopment scheme. Permitted development, minor householder applications and Council response to temporary development will not require consideration. Development proposals Action Point 72. allocated within the Local Plan are deemed to be of greater economic importance and have been allocated over the Mineral Safeguarding Area. In line with national policy persons or business’s considering introducing a new land-use within a safeguarding area will be responsible for managing the impact of the new land-use. Doncaster’s Mineral Safeguarding Areas have been developed using an agreed methodology which assesses the best available geological and mineral resource information against a variety of issues and constraints modified from our sustainability appraisal criteria. Within these safeguarded areas non-mineral development proposals will be required to comply with Policy 62 part B points 1 to 5 by provide providing a geological report / mineral survey identifying the extent and quality of the mineral and identify and primarily consider realistic opportunities for mineral extraction prior to development. Proposals for temporary, permitted or minor development (see below) and aviation related development within the airport operational area are not required to consider the impact of mineral sterilisation.

New Table : Safeguarding Exemptions

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A84 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Safeguarding Exemptions  infilling within a settlement  householder applications within the curtilage of a property  advertisement applications  reserved matters applications  applications for new and/or improved access  minor extensions and temporary development  agricultural buildings adjacent to farmsteads  minor works such as fences, bus shelters, walls, gates and access  amendments to current permissions  changes of use  applications for development on land already allocated in the adopted local plan  listed building consent  applications for trees or hedgerow removal  prior notification for telecommunications, forestry, agriculture and demolition  certificates of lawfulness of existing development and  certificate of lawfulness of proposed use development

MM224 Table 15: Table 15: Minerals Safeguarding Areas Proposals To ensure that the Not Significant – Minerals Plan is effective – technical clarification Safeguarding these are no longer Area Proposals – ‘proposals’ but the Table Title safeguarded areas MM225 Policy 63: Proposals for mineral development including aggregate extraction (in preferred To ensure that the Not Significant – Minerals areas of search), underground mining and hydrocarbon exploration, appraisal and policy is effective. technical clarification Development development (including production) will be supported where all impacts are See Council Proposals, addressed and appropriately mitigated in accordance with policies in the Local Plan, response to Action Borrow Pits and national policy and planning practice guidance. Points 70 and 89. Incidental Extraction - To manage the supply and delivery of sand and gravel, proposals within ‘preferred Preamble areas’ and ‘areas of search’ will be considered positively subject to meeting all the relevant mitigation requirements of this policy and proving a significant sharp sand and gravel resource in line with policy 62A part 5. All other proposals for sand and gravel extraction will be determined on their merits including the provision of information on the quality and quantity of material to be extracted and economic need for the product.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A85 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM226 Paragraph 14.62 As minerals development is complex it is recommended applicants seek advice from To ensure that the Not Significant – the planning authority prior to submitting an application. A Good Practice Guide for policy is effective. technical clarification Developers and Agents is available to help navigate the development management See Council process. All applications for mineral extraction… response to Action Point 70. Footnote (web-link to the Good Practice Guide as referenced in the text above)

https://www.doncaster.gov.uk/services/planning/standard-minerals-application- form MM227 Paragraph 14.66 …a net gain in biodiversity in line with Policies 30 and 31. Mineral’s operators should To ensure the plan is Not Significant – also ensure the land is reclaimed at the earliest opportunity. consistent with provides consistency national policy MM228 Paragraph 14.67 …landscape will be considered on their merits. Minerals restoration proposals To ensure the plan is Not Significant – involving water bodies within the 13km bird strike hazard area will be subject to consistent with provides consistency consultation with the airport in line with Policy 7. national policy and will be effective. MM229 Policy 66: 2. provision off site, to ensure the development can be delivered in line with other To make the policy Not Significant – Developer policy objectives, and to a safe and satisfactory standard (such as off-site affordable consistent with financial Contributions – housing, education facilities, biodiversity net gain, flood mitigation, or highways national policy and Delivery Part A4 (new) improvements); and effective. Responds 3. contributions towards softer interventions to ensure the benefits of the to objection raised development are maximised by local communities (such as skills and training by Highways programmes including local labour agreements); and, England at 4. pooled contributions for schemes necessitated as a result of the cumulative Regulation 19 stage impact of a number of developments. and as identified in CSD5. MM230 Paragraph 15.4 Should the Council choose to implement the Community Infrastructure Levy in the To ensure that the Not Significant – future, then the approach to developer contributions towards site specific mitigation, policy is consistent provides consistency and more general infrastructure funding, will need to be clarified through with national policy. the Regulation 123 Listannual Infrastructure Funding Statement that Addresses changes the Council is advised required to publish alongside an adopted Community to the Regulations Infrastructure Levy Charging Schedule and 2019 NPPF and as set out in CSD6. MM231 Policy 67: B) Where a lower level of contribution is agreed initially for large-scale sites which To ensure that the Not Significant – Development will develop out over multiple phases, this may be subject to reassessment once the policy is effective technical clarification Viability – Part B development commences, and/or any other suitable trigger point(s) as appropriate and make clear it is and agreed between the Council and the applicant. aimed at large sites as opposed to all scales of

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A86 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) development. See Council’s response to Action Point 3. MM232 Paragraph 16.2 …this Main Urban Area is separated and disconnected from other settlements by To align with Not Significant – parts of the Green Belt in the west, or the Ccountryside Policy Area in the east. amends made to provides consistency Policy 2. MM233 Paragraph 16.13 Reflecting its role as the most sustainable location in the Borough with the largest Consequential Not Significant – amount of the Borough’s population, the Main Urban Area will be the main location amends from provides consistency for housing growth in the plan period. In total, the area will deliver between 50 – Modifications to 55 45% of the Borough’s overall housing requirement in a variety of locations, which Policy 2 and 6 includes 60 – 70% of the economic uplift for the Borough being delivered. In order to meet this requirement, a number of urban sites are allocated, as well as some greenfield extension sites. This is necessary given some of the aforementioned constraints on land in this location. Viability, particularly in respect of housing requiring flood mitigation, continues to be an issue. Due to flood risk on otherwise suitable sites, some ‘reserve Potential Development Sites’ will also be earmarked in this location… MM234 Paragraph 16.14 The Main Urban Area straddles the East Coast Main Line and so its western edge is To align with Not Significant – bounded by Green Belt whilst its eastern edge is bounded by Ccountryside outside amends made to provides consistency the Green Belt. The river corridor and northern parts of the area lie within Policy 2. Environment Agency designated flood zones 2 and 3 but with existing flood defences. The river and navigation, rail lines, motorways, common land and other important open spaces and nationally important habitats provide physical constraints to outward expansion of the Main Urban Area in a number of directions. Therefore, it is necessary for urban expansions into land previously designated as Green Belt and/or in the Countryside Policy Area in order to accommodate fully the planned level of housing growth… MM235 Paragraph 16.18 16.18 As at 1 April 2018, there is 19.8120.79ha with permission in the Main Urban To ensure that the Not Significant – & Table E1: Area. plan is justified and technical clarification Allocations with effective. Addresses planning formatting issue in permission (as at respect to table April 2018) headings/columns as well as factual correction to make clear the employment land supply from permissions as at

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A87 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) April 2018, as Table E1: Allocations with planning permission (as at 1 April 2018) opposed to start of the plan period in Area (Ha) to April 2015 which be was previously being dDeveloped quoted and as in the identified in CSD6. Gross Area Remainder of Site Remaining for the pPlan Site Address/L Aarea Permis eEmployment pPeriod Rref ocation (Ha) sion Use uUse (Ha) (2018-2035) Parkside Industrial Estate, Wheatley 110 Hall Road, 3.93 3.93 1 Wheatley 5.94 Full B2 4.91 4.91

MM236 Paragraphs 16.20 Policy 3 includes a target that at least 50 45% of the Borough total, or 6,805 To ensure the plan is Not Significant – 16.20, 16.21 & – 7,315 new houses, is allocated to this area. Actual allocations for the first 15 years justified and technical clarification Table H1(A): for the Main Urban Area equate to 7,211182 new dwellings which is 55% of the effective. Addresses Allocations with Borough’s allocated housing requirement made up as per the following. objection raised by planning DLP at Regulation 19 permission (as at 16.21 As at 1 April 2018 there are permissions for 3,748489 dwellings. All of this stage that a more 1 April 2018) capacity is deliverable and/or achievable in the plan period (3,658489 units in the recent planning first 15 years) and follows some discounting of capacity for specific permissions application post where necessary for non-delivery. Additional allocations are made totalling 3,844 Publication reduces new houses, although a small element of this supply (151 dwellings) is on a very the capacity of the large urban extension site (Carr Lodge, Balby) which will still be developing beyond site significantly and the plan period. Anticipated delivery from these allocations by the end of the plan as identified in period equates to 3,693 new homes (of which 3,553 units are within the first 15 CSD6. Further years). The plan therefore identifies specific sites as allocations totalling 7,592333 consequential new homes with supply from these sites in the first 15 years totalling 7,211042 (or amends necessary 7,441182 by the end of the plan period in 2035). following changes to Policy 2. Table H1(A): Allocations with planning permission (as at 1 April 2018)

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A88 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Unit Bey s ond Site rem 11- 15- Plan Site Addr area Typ Stat Tota aini 0-5 6-10 15 17 Peri ref ess (ha) e us l ng yrs yrs yrs yrs od Kirk Stre et / Ram sden Roa d / Ede n 930 Gro 21.3 Star 930 350 90 838 ve 0 Full ted 671 671 140 350 181 0 0

90 TOTAL 4,189 3,748 615 0 0 S 3,939 3,489 2,023 1,020 446

MM237 Paragraph 16.22 Reserve Potential Development Sites could contribute an additional supply of 749 Consequential Not Significant – & Table H3(A) new homes for the settlement… amends from provides consistency Modifications to Table H3(A): Reserve Potential Development Sites Policy 6 MM238 Policy 69: Key New and improved pedestrian and cycle links, crossing facilities and greenspaces To ensure the policy Not Significant – Doncaster Town (including a new urban park and, where feasible a footbridge over the river Don) will is effective. technical clarification centre and Main also be created, connecting the waterfront with the rest of the town centre. Responds to Urban Area objection raised by Mixed-Use Sites – the Canal & River Part 5 – Trust at Regulation Doncaster 19 stage and Waterfront identified in CSD5. MM239 Paragraph 16.43 The seven Main Towns are the largest settlements in terms of size and population, Consequential Not Significant – and also have an excellent range of services for both their own populations and amends necessary provides consistency

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A89 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) those of surrounding smaller settlements. Geographically, the Main Towns are as a result of spread across the Borough. These settlements are expected to be able to deliver changes made to local housing need as well as some of the housing needed to meet the Borough’s Policy 2 – no longer their share of the baseline requirement, plus up to 10% some of the economic references to growth aspirations uplift over the plan period (which will be expressed as a range). Not ranges for example. every settlement in this tier has to deliver at the top of its range – where some can deliver more it can help offset lower allocations in other locations (which may be necessary due to constraints or lack of available sites). Collectively, these settlements will deliver between 35 – 40% of the overall Borough requirementsupply. MM240 Paragraph 16.46 Adwick and Woodlands is designated as a Main Town., and has a housing target of Not Significant – 255 – 765 dwellings to meet both its baseline local need and a share of the provides consistency Borough’s economic uplift. In order to achieve this, lLand will be allocated which can accommodate 482 new dwellings (3.6% of the overall Borough allocation requirement)… MM241 Paragraph 16.49 Policy 3 includes a target for 255 – 765 new houses to be allocated to this area. Not Significant – provides consistency MM242 Paragraph 16.50 As at 1 April 2018 there are permissions for 437 dwellings on sites large enough to Not Significant – be allocated through the Local Plan (5+ units remaining). A further allocation for 45 provides consistency new homes on a greenfield urban site brings the town’s housing supply up to 482 new homes and is well within the town’s allocation range without extensions on land designated as Green Belt and/or at risk of flooding. MM243 Paragraph 16.53 Armthorpe is designated as a Main Town, and has a housing target of 420 – 930 Not Significant – dwellings to meet both its baseline local need and a share of the boroughs economic provides consistency uplift. The Armthorpe Neighbourhood Plan allocated up to 985 dwellings, which means that the settlement can comfortably meet and surpass its requirement of up to 930 dwellings – 7% of the overall allocated borough supply. These allocated neighbourhood plan sites will be reflected in the Local Plan in addition to other site commitments in the area, which equal 1,049 in totality (with the 119 units above the target forming part of the supply of units in the years 2033 – 35). The allocations are on both urban sites and greenfield extension sites. MM244 Table E2: To ensure that the Not Significant – Allocations with Table E2: Allocations with planning permission (as at 1 April 2018) plan is justified and technical clarification planning Area (Ha) to effective. Addresses permission (as at be formatting issue in 1 April 2018) Gross Area Remaining dDeveloped in respect to table Site for the headings/columns as Site Address/Loc Aarea Permiss Us eEmployment Remainder of well as factual Rref ation (Ha) ion e uUse (Ha) the pPlan correction to make

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A90 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) pPeriod clear the (2018-2035) employment land supply from permissions as at April 2018, as

opposed to start of the plan period in April 2015 which was previously being quoted and as identified in CSD6. MM245 Paragraph 16.59 Policy 3 includes a target for 420 - 930 new houses to be allocated to this area. Consequential Not Significant – amends necessary provides consistency MM246 Paragraph 16.64 Conisbrough & Denaby is a Main Town and has a housing target of 465 – 975 to as a result of Not Significant – meet both its local baseline need and a share of the Borough’s economic uplift. changes made to provides consistency Land will be allocated to deliver 325 dwellings, in addition to existing commitments Policy 2 – no longer of 203 (528 in total or 4% of the overall borough allocation). references to growth MM247 Paragraph 16.65 The Green Belt is tightly drawn around Conisbrough & Denaby, including on land ranges for example. Not Significant – between the two, known as The Crags. Amongst the allocations in this location is an Allocation would no provides consistency Green Belt allocation for 200 dwellings at Sheffield Road / Old Road on former Green longer be Green Belt land. Belt. MM248 Paragraph 16.69 Policy 3 includes a target for 465 – 975 new houses to be allocated to this area. Not Significant – provides consistency MM249 Paragraph 16.70 …A large brownfield Reserve Potential Development Site capable of accommodating Consequential Not Significant – & Table H3(B) 325 further dwellings is identified at the Former Earth Centre, Conisbrough,… amends from provides consistency Modifications to Table H3(B): Reserve Potential Development Sites Policy 6 MM250 Paragraph 16.74 Dunscroft, Dunsville, Hatfield & Stainforth are designated as a Main Town. The Consequential Not Significant – housing allocation range is between 575 – 1,085 new homes. The settlement amends necessary provides consistency already has planning approvals and consents that far exceed its combined local as a result of needs and economic growth shares, with for a plan period supply of 1,860 from changes made to permissions, and a total supply of 4,053 units once allocations and supply beyond Policy 2 – no longer 2035 are factored in. references to growth ranges for example. MM251 Paragraphs 16.75 …, which when fully developed will deliver 3,100 new homes and 6656ha of To ensure that the Not Significant- 16.75, employment land,… plan is justified and technical clarification 16.80,Table E3: effective. The area Allocations with 16.80 As at 1 April 2018, there are 6656ha with permission in the Dunscroft, of employment land planning Dunsville, Hatfield & Stainforth which is the Unity regeneration scheme. that is permissioned

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A91 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) permission (as at (66ha) is greater 1 April 2018), Table E3: Allocations with planning permission (as at 1 April 2018) than what was being and Policy 70 Area (Ha) to identified (56ha). Part A2 be Responds to dDeveloped objection raised by in the Waystone Gross Area Remainder Hargreaves Land LLP Site Remaining for of the pPlan at Regulation 19 Site Address/Lo Aarea Permis eEmployment pPeriod stage and as Rref cation (Ha) sion Use uUse (Ha) (2018-2035) identified in CSD6. Outline as part of a wider To ensure the Policy mixed is justified and use effective. The Unity scheme B1/B2 66.00 418 Project 178.72 . /B8 56.00 33.60

2. up to a minimum of 33.6 hectares over the plan period, and approximately 66 up to 56hectares over the life of the development,… MM252 Paragraph 16.82 Policy 3 includes a target for 575-1,085 new houses to be allocated to this area. Consequential Not Significant – amends necessary provides consistency as a result of changes made to Policy 2 – no longer references to growth ranges for example. MM253 Paragraph 16.83 As at 1 April 2018, there are permissions for 3,945 dwellings although a significant To align with Not Significant – element of this (3,100 new homes) is on the mixed use Unity Project scheme which amends made to provides consistency will still be developing long beyond this current plan period. Discounted plan period Policy 2. supply is therefore 1,860 new homes (1,720 in the first 15 years) from permissioned schemes which is well above the top of the settlement’s housing allocation range. Two additional allocations contribute a further 108 new homes for the town on sustainable sites that are within the existing settlement limit, or on land no longer defendable as Ccountryside given planning decisions already taken on sites immediately adjacent and contributing towards the settlementBorough’s housing requirement already. At the end of the plan period, housing delivery on allocated

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A92 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) sites will have equated to 1,968 new homes, with 1,828 dwellings in the first 15 years. MM254 Policy 70: Unity New mixed use development, between Stainforth, Dunsville, Dunscroft and Hatfield, To ensure that the Not Significant – Regeneration known as Unity and as shown on the Policies Map and Inset MapFigure 18, will be policy is effective. technical clarification project - supported… See Council’s Preamble response to Action Point 55. MM255 Policy 70: Unity 1. up to a minimum of 1,015 new homes over the plan period… To ensure the Policy Not Significant – Regeneration is justified and technical clarification Project – Part A1 effective. MM256 Policy 70: Unity C) The lay-down areas (as shown on Figure 178) will be a source of spoil to create To ensure that the Not Significant Regeneration development platforms… policy is effective. Project – Parts C See Council’s and D D) To secure regeneration of the former Hatfield Colliery site (as shown on the response to Action Figure 178) the site is potentially suitable for: Point 55.

MM257 Policy 70: Unity 3. ancillary uses including local facilities provided that they are of a scale that is To ensure the policy Not Significant - Regeneration needed to serve the occupiers of the former Hatfield Colliery site.; and is effective. further changes to Project – Part D 4. other uses, including leisure., which will be supported where they lead to the long Responds to part 4 since then and Part F (new) term conservation of the grade II listed headstocks. objection raised by suggested to re- Historic England at instate ‘leisure uses’ F) Development of the site should help to secure the long-term conservation of the Regulation 19 stage Grade II Listed headstocks. Detailed Masterplanning should seek to maximise the and as identified in potential of the headstocks as a focal point for the development and place-shaping. CSD5. MM258 Policy 70: Unity F) Proposals which materially affect the ability to deliver the developer contributions To ensure that the Not Significant – Regeneration agreed under the original planning permission (15/01300/OUTA) will be expected to policy is effective. technical clarification Project – Part F make developer obligations commensurate with the scale and nature of changes See Council’s sought. response to Action Point 56. MM259 Figure 17.1 Figure 18: Map showing Hatfield Colliery and Laydown Area To ensure that the Not Significant – (Inset Map policy is effective. technical clarification currently not See Council’s labelled on top of response to Action page 217) Point 55. MM260 Paragraph 16.103 Mexborough is designated as a Main Town, and has a housing target of dwellings to Consequential Not Significant – meet both its baseline local need and a share of the Borough’s economic uplift. It amends necessary provides consistency has a housing range of 475 – 985. However, given the aforementioned constraints as a result of to growth and given the importance of the Green Belt to the west of the settlement changes made to in preventing Mexborough and Swinton (and consequently Doncaster and Policy 2 – no longer

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A93 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Rotherham) from merging, no urban extension is proposed. Mexborough is references to growth therefore only projected to deliver 310 new homes over the plan period and ranges for example. consequently will not contribute any houses towards the Borough’s economic growth. MM261 Paragraph 16.108 Policy 3 includes a target for 475 – 985 new houses to be allocated to this area. Not Significant – provides consistency MM262 Paragraph 16.109 As at 1 April 2018, there are permissions for 108 dwellings on sites large enough to Not Significant – allocate through the Local Plan (5+ units remaining). This is following the provides consistency discounting of some permissioned capacity in light of HS2 Safeguarding Route and non-delivery of remaining supply on the Shimmer Estate. Three additional allocations provide the town with a housing supply of 202 dwellings bringing the settlement’s plan period allocated housing supply up to 310 new homes. This falls significantly short of the housing requirement by 165 dwellings compared to the bottom of the range. This shortfall has been made good through allocations towards the top of the range at the Doncaster Main Urban Area and some of the other Main Towns in accordance with Policy 23. MM263 Paragraph 16.110 Nationally there is some political uncertainty in respect to the HS2 and whether or Consequential Not Significant – & Table H3(C) not the infrastructure project will be delivered. Despite this, the Safeguarding amends from provides consistency Direction has to be respected until or unless instructed otherwise. Therefore, the Modifications to plan identifies 3 additional Reserve Potential Development Sites which are directly Policy 6 and Policy 2 constrained by the proposed route of HS2. Were it not for this Direction it is likely they would have been allocated to help provide the majority of the shortfall required to meet the town’s baseline housing requirement. These sites have potential capacity for a further 242 new homes for the town. Their identification as Reserve Potential Development Sites provides flexibility and a level of planning policy certainty should the route of HS2 not be confirmed as progressing at some point during the plan period.

Table H3(C): Reserve Potential Development Sites MM264 Paragraph 16.121 Rossington is designated as a Main Town and has a housing target to meet both its Consequential Not Significant – baseline local need and a share of the Borough’s economic uplift. It has a housing amends necessary provides consistency range of 385 – 895. Given the scale of the housing redevelopment on the former as a result of Rossington Colliery, the Town has a significant supply of housing target for this area changes made to can be met on this commitment alone. However, some additional urban sites will Policy 2 – no longer also be allocated in this location. Therefore, its housing allocation is 1,21982 new references to growth homes in the plan period to 2035, meaning Rossington will deliver above its target ranges for example. (although some of this is projected to be delivered towards the back end of the plan period). The on-going Rossington Colliery development is recognised with a housing To ensure that the allocation which will more than meet the housing requirement over the plan period – plan is justified and

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A94 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) no other urban extension sites are therefore proposed. An additional urban site is effective. Responds also proposed on the former playing fields of Tornedale School including the to objection raised adjacent Gattisson House site. by Harworth Group at Regulation 19 stage that the boundary of the permissioned part of the colliery was incorrect and when revised provides a larger area for allocating as part of ref 247 and as identified in CSD6. MM265 Paragraph 16.123 The East Coast Main Line forms the outer boundary of Doncaster’s Green Belt and so To ensure that the Not Significant – land to the west of Rossington lies in the Green Belt and land to the east is plan is consistent provides consistency Countryside Policy Area. The Green Belt has been amended to reflect the iPort with national policy, development and Colliery development. The Green Belt in this location has also been justified and extended to cover the area of the country park, enhancing the Green Belt and effective. As securing Green Belt improvements including environmental and biodiversity identified in the enhancement, improved accessibility, recreational benefits, landscape and visual Council’s response enhancements and the improvement and greening of degraded land. This also helps to PQ9 and Action to compensate for the loss of Green Belt at other locations across the Borough. As Point 79. Amends to no new urban extensions to Rossington are proposed, the settlement’s boundaries align with changes are substantially unchanged. The iPort development continues to be washed over to Policy 2. by Green Belt reflecting the very special circumstances that supported its development as well as the site still being a long way from completion given its sheer size. The colliery redevelopment allocation reflects the permission and so a relatively small part of the Green Belt here is amended to reflect that permission. The balance of the colliery site, beyond the current permission, includes a further section of housing to allow for the fact that the existing permissioned site is not developing at previously envisaged density and so will not, on its own, deliver the 1,200 new homes. The very large expanse of colliery land beyond the housing is to be reclaimed as a new country park in accordance with the permissioned scheme. MM266 Paragraph 16.126 As at 1 April 2018, there are 79158 ha with permission in Rossington at the iPort To ensure that the Not Significant – & Table E4: development (see Policy 72: iPort). plan is justified and technical clarification Allocations with effective. Addresses planning Table E4: Allocations with planning permission (as at April 2018) formatting issue in

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A95 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) permission (as at Area (Ha) to respect to table April 2018) & be headings/columns as Paragraph 16.127 Gros dDeveloped well as factual (Employment s in the correction to make Policy Areas) Site Area Remainder of clear the Aare Remaining for the pPlan employment land Site Address/Lo a Permis eEmployment pPeriod supply from Rref cation (Ha) sion Use uUse (Ha) (2018-2035) permissions as at Land west April 2018, as of West B8 with opposed to start of End Lane, rail the plan period in Rossington 178. connect 158.00 158.00 April 2015 which 747 (iPort) 72 Full ivity 79.00 79.00 was previously being quoted and as identified in CSD6.

Further

modifications in line Employment Policy Areas (Policy 5) with Action Point 79.

There is one are a number of existing employment sites including: To ensure that the

plan is justified and  iPort – one of the Uk’s largest logistics developments including a rail as identified in the freight intermodal container facility. This is of regional importance and Council response to provides freight services to all UK ports and the Channel Tunnel. PQ19. To provide  Bankwood Lane, Rossington. Due to the opening of Great Yorkshire Way, clarity and this site now has excellent access to the motorway network and this will consistency in help it to realise its potential as an employment site. respect to allocated employment sites and existing employment designations MM267 Paragraphs Policy 3 includes a target for 385 - 895 new houses to be allocated to this area. The To ensure that the Not Significant – 16.128, 16.129 & Local Plan identifies a total supply from allocated sites of 1,142282 new homes in plan is justified and technical clarification Table H2(G): the first 15 years with a further supply of 77 140 new homes in the last two years of effective. Responds Allocations the plan period. to objection raised without planning by Harworth Group permission (as at … The Local Plan identifies an additional phase therefore for the colliery to make at Regulation 19 1 April 2018): good the balance of 1,200 units and realise the opportunity to make full and stage that the effective use of the former colliery land. boundary of the

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A96 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Table H2(G): Allocations without planning permission (as at 1 April 2018): permissioned part of the colliery was Indicative incorrect and when Site Capacity Beyond area (No of 0-5 6-10 11-15 15-17 Plan revised provides a Site ref Address (ha) houses) yrs yrs yrs yrs Period larger area for Former allocating as part of Rossing ref 247 and as ton identified in CSD6. Colliery , off West End Lane, Rossing 9.85 230 77 0 247 ton 14.1 349 0 0 153 140 56

322 77 0 441 0 92 153 140 56 TOTALS MM268 New Policy 72: Policy 72: iPort (Strategic Policy) To ensure that the Significant – new iPort (Strategic) A Strategic Rail Freight Interchange (SRFI) together with ancillary infrastructure and plan is justified and policy to be operational development, known as iPort, will be developed at Rossington as shown will be effective. As appraised on the Proposals Map. per the Council’s A) The on-going development of iPort will be in accordance with the principles response to Action set out in its planning permission, as set out below: Points 11, 39 and 1. an intermodal terminal and rail and road served distribution units (562, 79. 000m2) in Use Class B8 (including ancillary B1/B2 floorspace); 2. road, rail access and other infrastructure facilities and works; and, 3. the realignment of water courses, provision of landscaping, ecological networks and improvements and flood mitigation and enhancement. B) Units in use Class B2 will also be acceptable, subject to meeting other policies in the Local Plan.

Explanation iPort, as shown on the Policies Map, will be developed as a strategic rail freight interchange supported by the principles shown above, which are in line with planning permission 09/00190/OUTA. The policy recognises the contribution that iPort, a nationally significant infrastructure project, will have to the wider economy.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A97 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Doncaster is promoted, both nationally and regionally, as a key location for the logistics and distribution industries including through various Sheffield City Region strategic and investment plans such as the Strategic Economic Plan (SCR SEP) and the Transport Strategy. The site at Rossington offers quick and effective links to national and international freight networks and will lead to a significant net reduction in HGV traffic and emissions due to the transfer of freight from road to rail. The scheme is under construction and is approximately 60% complete. Further development at the site is important to ensure that the Local Plan Spatial Strategy of major new employment sites being accessible by a range of transport modes is implemented by providing rail-access for freight movements.

The National Policy Statement for National networks states (footnote 42) that SRFI may include manufacturing and processing activities, in addition to warehousing and container handling facilities so although iPort has been granted permission specifically for rail related strategic warehousing, there may be instances where an alternative use maybe appropriate such as those within Use Class B2. Each case will be considered on its merits and will need to meet the requirements set out in other Local Plan policies such as parking standards and design standards. Based on the best information on market potential currently available, it is anticipated that around 15% of the overall employment floorspace will be for B2 uses. MM269 Paragraph 16.132 Thorne & Moorends is designated as a Main Town and has a housing target of Consequential Not Significant – dwellings to meet both its baseline local need and a share of the Borough’s reduction in supply provides consistency economic uplift. It has a housing range of 510 – 1020. Flood risk constraints in by 12 units due to Thorne make the allocation of land challenging in this location. However, the total modification to amount of land identified in Thorne via permissions (391 units) and allocations allocation ref 133 to (34533 units), means that Thorne is contributing a not insignificant 73624 units, or address Historic 5.5%, of towards the Borough’s allocated supply. England’s objection. MM270 Paragraph 16.133 Whilst Thorne is a very sustainable settlement, national policy and Local Plan Consequential Not Significant – strategy for a sequential approach to flood risk mean that at the time of Plan amends necessary provides consistency preparation it was not appropriate to allocate any further housing towards the top of as a result of the range given that all the remaining available sites are at high risk of flooding… changes made to Policy 2 – no longer references to growth ranges for example. MM271 Table E5: Table E5: Allocations with planning permission (as at April 2018) To ensure that the Not Significant – Allocations with plan is justified and technical clarification planning effective. Addresses permission (as at formatting issue in April 2018) respect to table

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A98 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Area (Ha) headings/columns as to be well as factual Gro dDeveloped correction to make ss in the clear the Site Remainder employment land Aar Area of the pPlan supply from ea Remaining for pPeriod permissions as at Site Address/Loc (Ha Permiss eEmployment (2018- April 2018, as Rref ation ) ion Use uUse (Ha) 2035) opposed to start of

the plan period in April 2015 which was previously being quoted and as identified in CSD6. MM272 Paragraph 16.140 Policy 3 includes a target for 510 – 1,020 new houses to be allocated to this area. Consequential Not Significant – amends necessary provides consistency as a result of changes made to Policy 2 – no longer references to growth ranges for example. MM273 Paragraph 16.141 … The Local Plan identifies a further 34533 units as allocations which provides the Consequential Not Significant – settlement with a housing supply of 73624 new dwellings. reduction in supply provides consistency MM274 Paragraph 16.145 The Local Plan housing allocation at the Main Town of Thorne-Moorends is by 12 units due to Not Significant – constrained by a lack of potential development sites not at high risk of flooding. modification to provides consistency Although sufficient sites have been identified to meet the town’s local needs allocation ref 133 to housing, and some economic-growth led housing as well, were it not for this address Historic physical constraint to plan-making then the Main Town would have seen an higher England’s objection. allocation towards the top of the growth range. This is due to the town’s size and population as being one of our largest communities outside of the Main Urban Area Consequential with strong sustainability credentials, for example: 2 train stations; frequent bus amends necessary links; large town centre with excellent range of services and facilities; and no Green as a result of Belt constraints to growth. changes made to MM275 Table H2(H): 133 Land off St 0.84 24 12 24 12 0 0 0 0 Policy 2 – no longer Not Significant – Allocations Nicholas references to growth provides consistency without planning Road, ranges for example. permission (as at Thorne 1 April 2018):

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A99 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) TOTALS 345 33 208 196 137 0 0 0

MM276 Paragraph 16.150 The ten Service Towns and Villages are comprised of smaller towns and villages in Consequential Not Significant – the Borough that have good service levels and existing population, and are therefore amends necessary provides consistency capable of supporting some local growth. This growth predominantly relates to as a result of meeting local housing needs equate to their share of the local (baseline) changes made to requirement only, based on the percentage of households in each respective Policy 2 – no longer settlement. This means that every settlement has a target figure housing targets identified but allocation., with the largest settlement (Carcroft – Skellow) having a housing target actual allocated allocation of 250 units in the plan period, and the smallest settlement (Finningley) supply. having a relatively modest 50 units allocated to it. Collectively, these settlements will deliver up to 150% of the Borough’s housing requirement supply. MM277 Paragraph 16.154 Askern is designated as a Service Town. Its housing requirement is 165 to meet a Not Significant – base line (local needs) requirement of 11 new homes per year. Existing permissions provides consistency and other suitable urban sites capacities already significantly exceed this and whilst these are recognised as allocations means there is no need for additional urban extensions into the Green Belt, with the exception of a single site which has now been granted planning permission post April 2018 at the Askern Miners Welfare. The additional capacity (above the requirement) will provide additional housing land supply to address the Borough-wide plan period requirement. This means that Askern is projected to deliver the most new dwellings in the Service Town and Village tier and will also deliver more new dwellings than some of the larger Main Towns which are more constrained. Given the Town is currently experiencing a significant level of growth, especially in respect to housing, coupled with the role Askern plays in supporting smaller villages in the area, then the Town’s population and service provision is likely to increase even further in the near future. A rReview of the Local Plan may therefore identify Askern as having the higher population and service provision more characterised by a ‘Main Town’ in the future.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A100 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM278 Paragraph As at 1 April 2018, there are 2.27 4 ha with permission in Askern. To ensure that the Not Significant – 16.157, Table plan is justified and technical clarification E6: Allocations Table E6: Allocations with planning permission (as at April 2018) effective. Addresses with planning Area (Ha) formatting issue in permission (as at to be respect to table April 2018) & dDeveloped headings/columns as Paragraph 16.158 in the well as factual Area Remainder correction to make Gross Remaining of the pPlan clear the Site for pPeriod employment land Site Address/Loc Aarea Permissi eEmploymen (2018- supply from Rref ation (Ha) on Use t uUse (Ha) 2035) permissions as at Askern Saw Outline April 2018, as Mills, High for opposed to start of Street, mixed 3.79 the plan period in 569 Askern 15.08 use. B2/B8 2.27 2.27 April 2015 which was previously being quoted and as

identified in CSD6.

Employment Policy Areas (Policy 5) To ensure that the

plan is justified and 16.158. Existing employment sites include: as identified in the

Council’s response • Askern Saw Mills – two small established employment sites supporting local to PQ19. To provide businesses. Existing employment site with outline planning permission for a mixed clarity and use scheme including new units for employment uses which will serve the local area. consistency in • Selby Road – two separate sites on either side of A19 supporting a regional respect to allocated company with some vacant land and a supermarket. employment sites • Askern Industrial Estate – existing site with a mix of small units providing local and existing jobs. employment designations MM279 Paragraph 16.159 Policy 3 includes a target for 165 new houses to be allocated to this area. Consequential Not Significant – amends necessary provides consistency as a result of changes made to Policy 2 – no longer targets identified but

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A101 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) actual allocated supply. MM280 Paragraph 16.160 As at 1 April 2018, there are permissions for 564 dwellings on sites large enough to Consequential Not Significant – & Table H3(D) allocate (5+ units) which far exceeds the town’s housing requirement. A further amends from provides consistency 127 new homes are allocated across three sites. Two of these are sustainable urban Modifications to sites and the third is a brownfield Green Belt site which is now permissioned post Policy 6 and Policy 2 April 2018; all of which provides for additional housing supply for Askern totalling – no longer targets 691 new homes. A relatively small Reserve Potential Development Site (29 identified but actual dwellings) could provide further new housing for the town if flood risk challenges can allocated supply. be addressed in line with Policy 58…

Table H3(D): Reserve Potential Development Sites MM281 Paragraph 16.164 Auckley – Hayfield Green is designated as a Service Town and Village. Its housing Consequential Not Significant – requirement is 125 to meet its baseline (local needs) requirement of 8 new homes amends from provides consistency per year. Between existing permissions (115 units) and new allocations (140 units), Modifications to the settlement can deliver 255 new units in the plan period, above its requirement Policy 6 and Policy 2 by 130 units, or double the settlement’s housing target. The oversupply will form – no longer targets supply at the end of the plan period. Additionally… identified but actual allocated supply. MM282 Paragraph 16.166 The area does not have a designated retail centre but provides some smaller shops To ensure that the Not Significant – and services within shopping parades. Policy 7 proposes a new mixed use Plan is effective. See technical clarification development at the airport which will, upon substantial completion, become a new Council’s response town centre (subject to future assessment of the final scheme). to Action Point 48. MM283 Paragraph 16.170 As at 1 April 2018, there are 14.85 17 ha with permission in Auckley & Hayfield To ensure that the Not Significant – & Table E7: Green, one of which is at the aAirport and is part of the business park offer. plan is justified and technical clarification Allocations with effective. Addresses planning Table E7: Allocations with planning permission (as at April 2018) formatting issue in permission (as at Gros respect to table April 2018) s Area Area (Ha) to be headings/columns as Site Remaining dDeveloped in the well as factual Aare for Remainder of the correction to make Site Address/ a Permissi eEmploymen pPlan pPeriod clear the Rref Location (Ha) on Use t uUse (Ha) (2018-2035) Doncaster employment land Sheffield supply from Airport Ltd, permissions as at First April 2018, as Avenue, 13.1 B1/B2/B 13.17 13.17 opposed to start of 748 Auckley 7 Outline 8 11.85 11.85 the plan period in April 2015 which

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A102 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) was previously being quoted and as identified in CSD6. MM284 Paragraph 16.172 Policy 3 includes a target for 125 new houses to be allocated to this area. Consequential Not Significant – amends necessary provides consistency as a result of changes made to Policy 2 – no longer targets identified but actual allocated supply. MM285 Paragraph 16.173 As at 1 April 2018, there are permissions for 115 dwellings on a single site large To align with Not Significant – enough to allocate through the Local Plan (5+ units). A single additional allocation amends to Policy 2 – provides consistency is made on a greenfield urban site capable of accommodating 140 new homes. This no longer targets brings the settlement’s housing supply up to 255 new homes across the plan period identified but actual which is well above the requirement by over 50% and provides additional housing allocated supply. supply to address the last 2 years of the plan period and the wider borough housing requirement. There is no justification, therefore, for any additional allocations that would require land currently designated as Ccountryside, with the exception of any housing at the settlement in accordance with… MM286 Table H2(J): 223 RHADS Site 2A, Land at Hayfield 6.03 14 70 70 0 0 0 To ensure that the Not Significant – Allocations Lane, Hayfield Green 5.59 0 Plan is justified. See technical clarification without planning Council’s response

permission (as at to Action Point 59. 1 April 2018): MM287 Paragraph 16.177 Barnburgh – Harlington is designated as a Service Town. Its housing requirement is Consequential Not Significant – 60 to meet its baseline (local needs) requirement of 4 new homes per year. As there amends necessary provides consistency are no existing permissions in this location, the settlements’ requiresment must be as a result of met through a new site allocations. changes made to MM288 Paragraph 16.178 Policy 3 includes a target for 60 new houses to be allocated to this area. Policy 2 – no longer Not Significant – targets identified but provides consistency MM289 Paragraph 16.179 As at 1 April 2018, there are no permissions on sites large enough to allocate actual allocated Not Significant – through the Local Plan (5+ units) so the entire housing requirement of 60 new supply. provides consistency homes remains to be found through new allocations. A single urban extension for 66 new houses is made on land that was formerly Green Belt to the south of Harlington on a site east of Mill Lane and south of Doncaster Road. MM290 Paragraph 16.183 Barnby Dun is designated as a Service Town and Village. Its housing requirement is Not Significant – 105 to meet its baseline (local needs) requirement of 7 new homes per year. As provides consistency there is only one small existing permission in this location, the settlement’s local

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A103 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) housing need requirement must largely be met through site allocations. Given the lack of available urban sites, a greenfield extension will be required to meet the need in this location. MM291 Paragraph 16.184 Policy 3 includes a target for 105 new houses to be allocated to this area. Not Significant – provides consistency MM292 Paragraph 16.185 As at 1 April 2018, there is permission for just 6 dwellings on a single urban site Not Significant – large enough to allocate through the Local Plan (5+ units). The village is provides consistency significantly constrained by areas at high risk of flooding which limits the availability of potential sites for additional more vulnerable housing uses. However, a single urban extension is allocated which has potential to accommodate 98 dwellings on the part of the site which is not at risk of flooding and adjoining the existing village. The allocation includes some additional land that is flood risk zone 3, but in line with the sequential and exceptions tests only water compatible uses such as open space and landscaping are supported on this part of the site. Together these two sites provide Barnby Dun’s local housing need requirement of 104 new homes over the plan period, with a shortfall of just a single dwelling which is highly likely to be made good through windfall development during this time, including supply from small permissioned sites as at April 2018 which equate to 5 new homes for the village already. MM293 Paragraph 16.189 Bawtry is designated as a Service Town and Village. Its housing requirement is 110 Not Significant – to meet its baseline (local needs) requirement of 7 new homes per year. Theis provides consistency supply will be made up by a mix of permissions (54 units) and allocations (36 units), which will include a small former Green Belt site, and a further urban site. MM294 Paragraph 16.191 The Bawtry Town Council’s is preparing a Nneighbourhood pPlan which was adopted Not Significant – in November 2019 submitted and examined in Spring 2019. provides consistency MM295 Paragraph 16.193 Policy 3 includes a target for 110 new houses to be allocated to this area. Not Significant – provides consistency MM296 Paragraph 16.194 As at 1 April 2018, there are permissions for 54 dwellings on sites large enough to Not Significant – allocate through the Local Plan (5+ units remaining). An additional two relatively provides consistency small allocations are made through the plan; one being a greenfield urban site and the other a greenfield extension on land formerly designated as Green Belt. These two sites have a combined capacity of 36 new homes and bring the settlement’s housing allocation up to 90 dwellings for the plan period, which is 20 units short of its requirement. Any additional allocations would require large urban extensions on land currently designated as Green Belt where it is not considered exceptional circumstances exist to remove further sites for such a small shortfall in the context of additional sources of housing supply in the town. For example, at April 2018 there are permissioned small sites (1-4 units) that total 14 new homes and there will be additional windfall development within the town throughout the plan period

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A104 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) so confidence that the town’s requirement of 105 110 new homes will have been met. MM297 Paragraph 16.198 Carcroft – Skellow is designated as a Service Town and Village. Its housing Not Significant – requirement is 250 to meet its baseline (local needs) requirement of 16 new homes provides consistency per year. This means this settlement has the largest housing requirement in the Service Towns and Villages tier of the Local Plan’s settlement hierarchy. Due to the aforementioned constraints on land, and a lack of available existing permissions and unconstrained urban opportunities in the area, a greenfield extension is allocated on former Green Belt land. MM298 Paragraph 16.201 Table 4.1 allocates one a Potential Development Ssite in Carcroft & Skellow, totalling To ensure the policy Not Significant – (if Carcroft 12 hectares for the plan period, which is at Carcroft Common. Any development on is justified and technical clarification Common is this site will be additional supply above the employment land requirement for the effective. See deleted as an plan period. Council’s response Employment to Action Point 80. Allocation) MM299 Paragraph 16.203 Policy 3 includes a target for 250 new houses to be allocated to this area. Consequential Not Significant – amends necessary provides consistency MM300 Paragraph 16.204 As at 1 April 2018, there is just one single site with permission for 7 dwellings as a result of Not Significant – meaning the majority of the town’s housing need requirement is still to be identified changes made to provides consistency through new allocations. Much of the land available is constrained by Green Belt Policy 2 – no longer and/or Flood Risk. The Local Plan allocates a single urban extension on land targets identified but formerly designated as Green Belt which has capacity for 300 new homes following actual allocated some generous discounting of the total potential site capacity in order to provide supply extensive green buffering between the development and the adjacent A1(M) to the west of the site. Collectively these two allocations provide 307 new homes for the town which exceeds the local housing need requirement by 57 dwellings and provides additional supply towards the last two years of the plan period addressing the borough-wide plan period requirement. MM301 Paragraph 16.205 A single Reserve Potential Development Site is identified at Owston Road, Consequential Not Significant – & Table H3(E) Carcroft…It should be noted that even if this Reserve Potential Development Site amends from provides consistency came forward, and based on the very low supply from existing permissions, the Modifications to settlement’s requirement local housing need would still not be met fall substantially Policy 6 and Policy 2 short without a Green Belt extension by 150 homes. no longer includes targets but allocated Table H3(E): Reserve Potential Development Site supply MM302 Paragraph 16.209 Edlington is designated as a Service Town and Village. Its housing requirement is Consequential Not Significant – 230 to meet its baseline (local needs) requirement of 15 new homes per year. amends necessary provides consistency Existing permissions and other suitable urban site capacity (including the housing as a result of renewal sites at Thompson and Dixon Roads and the Granby estate) means already changes made to

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A105 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) significantly exceed this, and whilst these are recognised as allocations there is no Policy 2 – no longer need for additional urban extensions into the Green Belt. The additional capacity targets identified but (above the requirement) will provide additional housing land supply to address the actual allocated borough-wide plan period requirement. supply MM303 Table E8: Table E8: Allocations with planning permission (as at April 2018) To ensure that the Not Significant – Allocations with Area (Ha) plan is justified and technical clarification planning to be effective. Addresses permission (as at dDeveloped formatting issue in April 2018) in the respect to table Area Remainder headings/columns as Gross Remaining of the pPlan well as factual Site for pPeriod correction to make Site Address/Loc Aarea Permissi eEmploymen (2018- clear the Rref ation (Ha) on Use t uUse (Ha) 2035) employment land

supply from permissions as at April 2018, as opposed to start of the plan period in April 2015 which was previously being quoted and as identified in CSD6. MM304 Paragraph 16.215 Policy 3 includes a target for 230 new houses to be allocated to this area. Consequential Not Significant – amends necessary provides consistency MM305 Paragraph 16.219 As at 1 April 2018, there are permissions for 622 dwellings on sites large enough to as a result of Not Significant – allocate through the Local Plan (5+ units remaining) and this far exceeds the town’s changes made to provides consistency plan period requirement. An additional 2 sustainable urban sites are allocated which Policy 2 – no longer provide a further supply of 43 new homes and will help provide sites in order for targets identified but some of the aspirations set out in the Neighbourhood Plan to be realised, such as actual allocated affordable housing and dwelling mix, given all the other sites are existing supply permissions which were determined in advance of the Neighbourhood Plan being ‘made’. This relatively large supply, compared to the settlement’s requirement, will help address the final 2 years of the plan and therefore the wider borough plan period requirement. MM306 Table H1(N): 646 Site At 17. Outli Not 375 375 140 175 60 0 0 To ensure that the Not Significant – Allocations with Former 6 ne Start plan is justified. technical clarification planning Yorkshire ed Main Colliery,

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A106 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) permission (as at Broomhouse 1 April 2018) Lane, Balby

TOTALS 95 62 38 175 60 0 0 7 2 7

MM307 New Policy 73: Policy 73: Local Business Expansion Site: Polypipe To ensure that the Significant – new Local Business Plan is justified and policy to be Expansion Site: Land south of Broomhouse Lane, Edlington, is allocated as Local Business Expansion will be effective. See appraised Polypipe Site to allow for the expansion of Polypipe in line with the following principles: Council’s response to Action Point 41. A. Development of the site for office and ancillary uses is supported to allow the existing Polypipe site north of Broomhouse Lane to remain for, and expand its, operational purposes;

B. Development of this site should be accompanied by the enhancement of the remaining open space to the south of the site and/or a compensatory contribution to the replacement of play equipment elsewhere in the vicinity; and

C. Compensatory improvements must be provided to the Green Belt land in proximity of the site.

Explanation Polypipe, located in Edlington, is one of the largest, and most well established employers within Doncaster Borough. In order for Polypipe to expand and continue to operate efficiently there is the need to provide extra capacity for the company to remodel and allow the head offices to be relocated. Land to the south of Broomhouse Lane provides such an opportunity and has been removed from the Green Belt specifically for this purpose.

Development on this site will result in the loss of existing open space including the loss of play equipment. Therefore it is important that the open space to the south is improved and enhanced. There may also be the requirement for the compensatory replacement of play equipment elsewhere in the vicinity.

Due to the removal of the site from the Green Belt it is necessary that there are compensatory improvements to the Green Belt within the local area. This may include Edlington Ancient Woodland or Edlington Pit Wood. MM308 Paragraph 16.220 Finningley is designated as a Service Town and Village. Its housing requirement is Consequential Not Significant – 55 to meet its baseline (local needs) requirement of 3 new homes per year. Given amends necessary provides consistency

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A107 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) this relatively modest amount and Existing commitments remaining to be delivered as a result of in the settlement from permissions (50 units remaining), means it is not deemed changes made to necessary to allocate any further land in this settlement to meet the small shortfall Policy 2 – no longer of 5. targets identified but MM309 Paragraph 16.221 Policy 3 includes a target for 55 new houses to be allocated to this area. actual allocated Not Significant – supply provides consistency MM310 Paragraph 16.222 As at 1 April 2018, there are permissions for 50 dwellings on sites large enough to Consequential Not Significant – allocate through the Local Plan (5+ units remaining) which is just 5 houses short of amends necessary provides consistency the village’s requirement for the plan period. Any additional allocations would as a result of require land currently designated as Ccountryside which is not justified given the changes made to relatively small shortfall will be met through windfalls and small sites (1-4 units), Policy 2 – no longer permissioned as at April 2018, which already provide 3 of the remaining 5 new targets identified but homes needed. actual allocated MM311 Paragraph 16.226 Sprotbrough is designated as a Service Town and Village. Its housing requirement supply Not Significant – is 95 to meet its baseline (local needs) requirement of 6 new homes per year. provides consistency There are no planning permissions with units remaining in this location and a lack of potential urban and non-Green Belt sites, meaning greenfield Green Belt land needs to be considered for release to meet the settlement’s housing requirement. MM312 Paragraph 16.228 Policy 3 includes a target for 95 new houses to be allocated to this area. Not Significant – provides consistency MM313 16.229 As at 1 April 2018, there are no permissions for the village on sites large enough to Not Significant – allocate through the Local Pan (5+ units remaining) meaning that the full provides consistency requirement remains to be met through new allocations. A single greenfield urban extension, on land formerly designated as Green Belt, to the north of Cadeby Road and to the west of the village is allocated for 80 new homes. The shortfall of 15 units compared to the village’s housing requirement is proposed to be made good through windfall development throughout the plan period as well as capacity from small sites permissioned (1-4 units) as at April 2018. Any further allocations would require an additional, and very substantial, Green Belt site which is not justified, nor can exceptional circumstances be demonstrated for further Green Belt to accommodate such a small shortfall. Allocated supply across the Borough also ensures sufficient allocations are being made to meet the borough-wide housing requirement. MM314 Paragraph 16.232 Tickhill is designated as a Service Town and Village. Its housing requirement is 165 Not Significant – to meet its baseline (local needs) requirement of 11 new homes per year. There are provides consistency no planning permissions with capacity remaining and a lack of suitable urban sites in the settlement. Additionally, aside from a tightly drawn Green Belt boundary, many site options in the settlement are restricted due to access issues which result from

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A108 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Tickhill’s more rural elements. That said, a single allocation of 74 units has been identified on land in the settlement which was formerly Green Belt. MM315 Paragraph 16.236 Policy 3 includes a target for 165 new houses to be allocated to this area. Not Significant – provides consistency MM316 Paragraph 16.237 As at 1 April 2018, there are no permissions large enough to allocate towards the Not Significant – town’s housing requirement (5+ units remaining) and only a single site, equating to provides consistency 74 units, has been assessed through the Local Plan site selection methodology as being supportable for allocation. Other sites were dismissed either due to importance to Green Belt purposes or problems with creating a safe and viable access, from a Highways Development Management perspective, given the very rural nature of some of the road network around the settlement. Some sites are ruled out for both of these reasons. The remainder of the settlement’s housing requirement of 165 new dwellings (91 units) has therefore been made good through allocated supply at the Doncaster Main Urban Area and some of the Main Towns in line with Policy 23, which adds any unmet local housing need from settlements to the economic-led housing growth uplift. MM317 16.237 – Table 1028 – Site Area – 1.5 2.69 Factual correction to Not Significant – H2(Q) reflect actual size of technical correction the allocated site and as per the HELAA MM318 Appendix 1: Abbreviation/ Definition To ensure the plan is Not Significant – Glossary Term consistent with provides consistency Affordable Homes for people who are unable to access or afford market national policy and Housing housing (for example vulnerable people and key workers) will be effective. and includes social rented, affordable rent and intermediate Responds to housing. Housing for sale or rent, for those whose needs are objections raised at not met by the market (including housing that provides a Regulation 19 stage subsidised route to home ownership and/or if for essential and as identified in local workers); and which complies with one or more of the CSD5 as well as detailed definitions set out in NPPF. See Policy 8. further revisions as Brownfield Land See Previously Ddeveloped Lland. Land that is or was identified by the occupied by a permanent structure. Council’s response to PQ47 and some of Building for a AThe national design standard for measuring the quality of the Action Points Healthy Life major housing proposals. ‘Building for a Healthy Life: A where ‘new’ Design Toolkit for neighbourhoods, streets, homes and definitions have public spaces’. D Birkbeck, S Kruczkowski, P Jones, D been needed, such Singleton and S McGlynn 2020.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A109 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Coal Bed A gas produced (through the conversion of plant matter into as ‘Strategic Methane coal) which is either absorbed onto or into pore spaces Transport Network’. around the coal seam. Coal Mine Gas collected from the operating mines and used as an Methane energy source. Colliery Spoil The waste material resulting from the mining and processing of deep mined coal. Modern technology involves winning coal by machine which includes extracting seat earths (fossilised soil) and dirt bands with the coal. Mechanisation, although more efficient, produces a greater amount of waste material, which is separated out at the surface. The waste material (once processed) contains predominantly seta earths, clay, mudstone and shale Conventional Oil and gas found within geological ‘reservoirs’ with relatively Hydrocarbons high porosity/permeability, extracted using conventional Reservoir drilling and production techniques A reservoir in which buoyant forces keep hydrocarbons in place below a sealing caprock. Reservoir and fluid characteristics of conventional reservoirs typically permit oil or natural gas to flow readily into wellbores. The term is used to make a distinction from shale and other unconventional reservoirs, in which gas might be distributed throughout the reservoir at the basin scale, and in which buoyant forces or the influence of a water column on the location of hydrocarbons within the reservoir are not significant. (Sourced from the Schlumberger Oilfield Glossary. https://www.glossary.oilfield.slb.com) Countryside As defined by Policy 21, for Local Plan purposes this is Policy Area defined as land outside of the Green Belt and beyond defined ‘Development Limits’ as shown on the Policies Map. Cultural and Civic The new development in Doncaster Town Centre to house all Quarter (CCQ) council offices along with major new development uses such as housing, leisure and open space. East Coast Main A 632km long electrified high-speed railway link between Line London and Edinburgh which passes through Doncaster Borough. Food and Drink The sale of food and drink for consumption mostly on the Uses premises (cafes & restaurants), hot food takeaways and

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A110 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) pubs, wine bars, and, drinking establishments including with expanded food provision. Greenspace Land which is used for recreation, amenity, nature Green Space conservation, allotments, woodlands and other open space uses; it is usually but not necessarily Ggreenfield Green Belt Development restraint policy area covering the western “half” of Doncaster’s countryside; it includes brownfield as well as greenfield land. See also ‘Countryside Policy Area’ above. Heritage Asset A building, monument, site, place, area or landscape positively identified as having a degree of significance meriting consideration in planning decisions because of its heritage interest. Heritage assets are the valued components of the historic environment. They It includes designated heritage assets such as listed buildings, conservation areas, historic parks and gardens and archaeological remains as well as and assets identified by the local planning authority during the process of decision- making or through the plan-making process (including local listing). Heritage The value of a heritage asset to this and future generations significance because of its heritage interest. That interest may be archaeological, architectural, artistic or historic. Significance derives not only from a heritage asset’s physical presence but also from its setting. sums up the qualities that make an otherwise ordinary place a heritage asset and justifies a level of protection in planning decisions. Hydraulic The fracturing of rock under hydraulic pressure regardless Fracturing of the volume of fracture fluid used. The definition of (commonly hydraulic fracturing is contained in Part 6 of the 2015 known as Infrastructure Act paragraph 50, Section 4B, Subsection 4A fracking) Local Enterprise See Sheffield City Region. The LEP is based on a Partnership (LEP) relationship between the public and private sector and a strong commitment to work together to ensure the growth of a rebalanced local economy. The LEP will be led by the private sector and will contribute significantly to the renewal of the national economy as a whole. A body,

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A111 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) designated by the Secretary of State for Housing, Communities and Local Government, established for the purpose of creating or improving the conditions for economic growth in the Sheffield City Region. Local Housing Assessment of local housing need in Doncaster that Need Assessment informs policy on affordable housing. The number of new homes identified as being needed through the application of the standard method set out in national planning guidance, or a justified alternative approach. Local Transport Sets out the vision for a successful transport system across Plan Main Town Retail development (including warehouse clubs and factory Centre Uses outlet centres); leisure, entertainment and more intensive sport and recreation uses (including cinemas, restaurants, drive-through restaurants, bars and pubs, nightclubs, casinos, health and fitness centres, indoor bowling centres and bingo halls); offices; and arts, culture and tourism development (including theatres, museums, galleries and concert halls, hotels and conference facilities). The Use Classes Order also identifies many of these uses as falling into Use Classes E (Commercial, Business and Service) F (Local Community and Learning) and Sui Generis. Nature Recovery The Nature Recovery Network is a major commitment in Network the UK Government’s 25-Year Environment Plan, and in proposed legislation at the time of plan preparation, intended to improve, expand and connect habitats to address wildlife decline and provide wider environmental benefits for people. An expanding, increasingly connected, network of wildlife rich habitats supporting species recovery, alongside wider benefits such as carbon capture, water quality improvements, natural flood risk management and recreation. It includes the existing network of protected sites and other wildlife rich habitats as well as and landscape or catchment scale recovery areas where there is coordinated action for species and habitats. Neighbourhood Introduced by Localism Act 2011. A plan prepared by a Plan(ning) parish council or neighbourhood forum for a designated neighbourhood area . Can be prepared by local

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A112 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) communities setting out local planning policy to help determine planning applications. In law this is described as a neighbourhood development plan in the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004. Must be in general conformity with Strategic Policies of the Local Plan. See Chapter 1. Previously Land which is or was occupied by a permanent structure, Developed Land including the curtilage of the developed land (although it should not be assumed that the whole of the curtilage should be developed) and any associated fixed surface infrastructure. This excludes: land that is or was last occupied by agricultural or forestry buildings; land that has been developed for minerals extraction or waste disposal by landfill, where provision for restoration has been made through development management procedures; land in built-up areas such as residential gardens, parks, recreation grounds and allotments; and land that was previously developed but where the remains of the permanent structure or fixed surface structure have blended into the landscape. Renewable Energy which comes from natural resources such as Energy sunlight, wind, rain, tides, and geothermal heat, which are renewable (naturally replenished). Includes energy for heating and cooling as well as generating electricity. Renewable energy covers those energy flows that occur naturally and repeatedly in the environment – from the wind, the fall of water, the movement of the oceans, from the sun and also from biomass and deep geothermal heat. Sequential Considering options for sites for development in a particular Approach order. For example, in terms of new shops, we would first look for sites within a shopping centre and then for sites on the edge of the shopping centre before looking at sites outside the centre. The same approach is applied to finding land at lowest risk of flooding for housing most types of development before support is given to sites at medium-high risk. Standalone Developments where the principle use is to generate Renewable electricity from renewable sources. Energy

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A113 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Strategic This term is used internationally to describe the Environmental environmental assessment of plans, policies and Assessment programmes. This environmental assessment (the SEA (SEA). Directive) looks at the effects of certain plans and programmes on the environment. A procedure (set out in the Environmental Assessment of Plans and Programmes Regulations 2004) which requires the formal environmental assessment of certain plans and programmes which are likely to have significant effects on the environment. See Sustainability Appraisal. Strategic Consists of: the motorways and significant A roads; Transport Doncaster Sheffield Airport; the rail network; 3 Park & Ride Network (STN) facilities; and, a number of navigable waterways. See Figure 6 Supplementary Not part of the statutory Development Plan but can provide Planning more detail on the development of individual sites (Planning Document (SPD). Briefs) or the operation of certain policies. Documents which add further detail to the policies in the development plan. They can be used to provide further guidance for development on specific sites, or on particular issues, such as design. Supplementary planning documents are capable of being a material consideration in planning decisions but are not part of the development plan. Sustainability This must be submitted for all major planning applications Statement showing how sustainability measures have been incorporated into the proposal including how the renewable energy requirements will be met. Unconventional An umbrella term for oil and natural gas that is produced by Hydrocarbons means that do not meet the criteria for conventional Resource production. What has qualified as unconventional at any particular time is a complex function of resource characteristics, the available exploration and production technologies, the economic environment, and the scale, frequency and duration of production from the resource. Perceptions of these factors inevitably change over time and often differ among users of the term. At present, the term is used in reference to oil and gas resources whose porosity, permeability, fluid trapping mechanism, or other characteristics differ from conventional sandstone and

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A114 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) carbonate reservoirs. Coalbed methane, gas hydrates, shale gas, fractured reservoirs, and tight gas sands are considered unconventional resources. (Sourced from the Schlumberger Oilfield Glossary. https://www.glossary.oilfield.slb.com/) Windfalls Sites for new housing that are not identified when allocating land in a development plan document but that may come forward for development during the Plan period. For example, the redevelopment of former industrial premises following unanticipated closure or relocation of a business. Sites not specifically identified in the development plan.

MM319 Appendix 2: All housing site developer requirements are to have the indicative capacity for the To ensure that the Not Significant – Developer site adding to the top row, with that figure being identical to the one specified in Plan is internally provides consistency Requirements – Tables H2 in Chapter 16 of the Plan. By way of an example, the modification below consistent and will indicative site for site ref:033 shows this. be effective. See capacity Council’s response to Action Point 20. MM320 Appendix 2: Site 033; Land adj. 163 Sheffield Rd, Warmsworth; MUA; Indicative Site To ensure that the Not Significant – Developer Capacity: 112 dwellings plan is consistent provides consistency Requirements – Compensatory As the site allocation results in the loss of Green Belt land, with national policy Site 033 Green Belt this must be compensated for by contributing to improving and will be effective Improvements the environmental quality and accessibility of remaining and as identified in Green Belt land within the vicinity of the site. Details of the Council’s specific sites and projects will be established in discussion response to PQ10. with the Council. Design The scheme should develop pedestrian and cycle connections through the site between Sheffield Road and Warmsworth Halt. Properties fronting Sheffield Road must be set back along similar building lines to the existing housing, with private drives to the front. The layout must ensure existing private boundaries are locked together on the eastern edge of the site to ensure security. Landscaped buffers should be included along the western and southern edges of the site to soften the settlement edge and provide a buffer between adjacent uses. In the interests of creating a new strong, defensible, and likely to be permanent Green Belt boundary in this location, a clearly defined site boundary should be formed to the western limit of the site, using suitably tall, dense and continuous hedgerow or tree planting. This could form the

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A115 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) periphery to wider on site efforts to provide a visual softening between countryside and urban forms, or be used as plot boundaries, but must define the actual site limits in a clear and linear fashion.

MM321 Appendix 2: Amend site plan to include additional land to the south-west to reflect the site as To ensure that the Not Significant – Developer shown on the Policies Map and correct Green Belt boundary. plan is consistent provides consistency Requirements – with national policy Site 040 Current: Revised: and will be effective. Revision to the site plan as identified in CSD6 and the additional compensatory Green Belt improvements as per the Council’s response to PQ10.

MM322 Appendix 2: Compensatory As the site allocation results in the loss of Green Belt land, To ensure that the Not Significant – Developer Green Belt this must be compensated for by contributing to plan is consistent provides consistency Requirements – Improvements improving the environmental quality and accessibility of with national policy Site 115 remaining Green Belt land within the vicinity of the site. and will be effective Details of specific sites and projects will be established in and as identified in discussion with the Council. the Council’s response to PQ10. MM323 Appendix 2: Conservation & Appropriate Potential tree planting and landscaping should To ensure that the Not Significant - Developer Heritage be incorporated into the development of the site so as to plan is consistent suggested changes Requirements – still contribute to the green wedge through the area and with national policy made to address Site 133 filter existing poor-quality views towards the retail units and effective. objection from on Darley Road. A low density of development would also Responds to Historic England assist with this. Low density development would be objection raised by expected towards St Nicholas Road. The reinstatement of Historic England at the stone boundary wall onto St Nicholas Road to its Regulation 19 stage former height would also be expected. The existing stone and as per the

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A116 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) and brick wall boundaries to Thorne House where they Council’s response adjoin the site should be retained. The existing mature to Action Point 21. trees providing enclosure to the western boundary of Thorne House should be retained. Development should be set back from the sites eastern boundary and be of appropriate scale so as to avoid visual impacts on views out from Thorne Conservation Area, including the grounds of Thorne House. Design The feeling of openness of the site shall be retained by providing a central open space within the site, reinforcing the visual edge of the conservation area. The site is suitable for a low density scheme. New dwellings will need to front St Nicholas Road and Darley Road. Pedestrian / cycle connections are to be provided through the site to link these two streets St Nicholas Road and Darley Road to provide and improve pedestrian connectivity to local services and facilities.

MM324 Appendix 2: Compensatory As the site allocation results in the loss of Green Belt land, To ensure that the Not Significant – Developer Green Belt this must be compensated for by contributing to plan is consistent provides consistency Requirements – Improvements improving the environmental quality and accessibility of with national policy Site 141 remaining Green Belt land within the vicinity of the site. and will be effective Details of specific sites and projects will be established in and as identified in discussion with the Council. the Council’s

response to PQ10. MM325 Appendix 2: Design The site is potentially suitable for a taller building and To ensure that the Not Significant Developer should provide an attractive outlook adjacent to the canal. plan is effective. Requirements – The site is supported above the canal by an existing Responds to Site 155 retaining structure. The final design and layout shall objection raised by incorporate measures to prevent any increase in risk to Canal & Rivers Trust land instability caused by loading onto any existing or new at Regulation 19 retaining structures on site. stage and as identified in CSD6.

MM326 Appendix 2: Amend site plan to include additional land to the north-west to reflect the site as To ensure that the Not Significant – Developer shown on the Policies Map and correct Green Belt boundary. plan is consistent provides consistency

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A117 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Requirements – with national policy Site 165/186 Current: Revised: and will be effective. Responds to objection raised by JVH Town Planning at Regulation 19 stage and as identified in CSD6

MM327 Appendix 2: Current: Revised: To ensure the plan is Not Significant – Developer justified and technical clarification Requirements – effective. Extent Site 223 incorrectly included part of the safeguarded community rail station site.

MM328 Appendix 2: Current: Revised: To ensure the plan is Not Significant – Developer justified and site-specific effective. Responds

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A118 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Requirements – to objection from clarification of Green Site 247 Harworth Group at Belt criterion. Regulation 19 stage that the southern boundary of the permissioned site was not correctly mapped so consequential changes to the northern boundary of the adjoining allocation ref 247 Design …Housing should be set away from Holmes Carr Wood needed. with appropriate separation distances between new development and the woodland. The southern site To ensure that the boundary will be delineated by the point at which the new plan is consistent development platform meets the sloping hill, however, in with national policy the interests of creating a new strong, defensible, and and will be effective likely to be permanent Green Belt boundary in this and as identified in location, opportunities should be explored for enhancing the Council’s this and forming a clearly defined site boundary, using response to PQ10. suitably tall, dense and continuous hedgerow or tree planting. This area could also incorporate footpaths which link the site to the country park.

MM329 Appendix 2: Design Proposals on this site should reflect the requirements To ensure that the Not Significant – Developer of the Development Brief which has been prepared Plan will be technical clarification Requirements – by the Local Planning Authority. Existing pedestrian effective. See Site 261 desire lines… Council’s response

to Action Point 20. MM330 Appendix 2: Design Proposals on this site should reflect the requirements To ensure that the Not Significant – Developer of the Development Brief which has been prepared Plan will be technical clarification Requirements – by the Local Planning Authority. New development effective. See Site 350/407 should… Council’s response

to Action Point 20. MM331 Appendix 2: Design Proposals on this site should reflect the requirements To ensure that the Not Significant – Developer of the Development Brief which has been prepared Plan will be technical clarification Requirements – effective. See Site 396

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A119 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) by the Local Planning Authority. Development should Council’s response be set back… to Action Point 20.

MM332 Appendix 2: Design Proposals on this site should reflect the requirements To ensure that the Not Significant – Developer of the Development Brief which has been prepared Plan will be technical clarification Requirements – by the Local Planning Authority. New development effective. See Site 414 should respect… Council’s response

to Action Point 20. MM333 Appendix 2: Compensatory As the site allocation results in the loss of Green Belt To ensure that the Not Significant – Developer Green Belt land, this must be compensated for by contributing to plan is consistent technical clarification Requirements – Improvements improving the environmental quality and accessibility of with national policy Site 777 remaining Green Belt land within the vicinity of the site. and will be effective Details of specific sites and projects will be established in and as identified in discussion with the Council. the Council’s Design New development should front toward Doncaster Road response to PQ10. echoing building lines opposite. New houses should back onto existing houses along the eastern and western edges with rear gardens locked together. Houses should front southward. The Southern edge of the site requires appropriate stand-off distance from the overhead electricity transmission cables and a soft landscaped edge adjacent the countryside. In the interests of creating a new strong, defensible, and likely to be permanent Green Belt boundary in this location, a clearly defined site boundary should be formed to the southern limit of the site, using suitably tall, dense and continuous hedgerow or tree planting. This could form the periphery to wider on site efforts to provide a visual softening between countryside and urban forms, or be used as plot boundaries, but must define the actual site limits in a clear and linear fashion. The design of the southern boundary will also need to take account of the electricity pylons and the required stand-off needed.

MM334 Appendix 2: Delete the current text, with the exception of the ‘education’ section which is the To ensure the Plan is Not Significant – Developer same, and replace with the following. justified and will be technical clarification Requirements – effective. The Site 833 developer requirements were

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A120 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Archaeology The potential for survival of significant buried for a different site archaeology within the site is considered to be (error in the draft low. Further archaeological investigations are unlikely to Plan whereby this be required. site’s requirements Biodiversity Habitat losses would require compensation. This could were duplicative of be delivered via biodiversity offsetting. The site is part of an alternative site a large network of greenspace which includes the on the following lakeside POS and LWS, parcels of woodland and page – ref: 836). allotments. Development on this site should retain the mature treeline along the southern and eastern boundaries, and possibly others subject to site survey. Biodiversity Offsetting could be used to deliver necessary compensation. Conservation & The heritage assets on site should be subject to a Heritage historic and architectural analysis. This should in particular include the two pumping station and piers and railings to the entrance. Any scheme should look in depth at the potential to retain all or some these heritage assets and full justification provided for the final form of the development. Design New development should seek to retain the existing frontage composition of trees and boundary railings / pillars. The layout should include provision for east west pedestrian and cycle linkages to enable routes to be created to the land and development sites to the west. Education A contribution towards education will be required. Public Open Space A commuted sum will be required to improve open space at Rufford Road. Transport Issues with right turning vehicles from Sandy Lane to Carr House Road and associated capacity / road safety concerns. Access from Sandy Lane designed in accordance with Manual for Streets. Major congestion issues along Sandy Lane due to the proximity of 2 primary schools. Transport Assessment & Travel Plan may be required due to proximity to school. Routing agreement during construction required

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A121 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Trees & Hedgerows The site contains linear plantings of mature trees along the eastern and southern boundaries and part of the northern boundary, which should be retained. The siting and orientation of dwellings and size of gardens should take account of shading issues from trees and allow adequate tree-to-development distances.

MM335 Appendix 2: Compensatory As the site allocation results in the loss of Green Belt land, To ensure that the Not Significant – Developer Green Belt this must be compensated for by contributing to improving plan is consistent provides consistency Requirements – Improvements the environmental quality and accessibility of remaining with national policy Site 929 Green Belt land within the vicinity of the site. Details of and will be effective specific sites and projects will be established in discussion and as identified in with the Council. the Council’s Design New development should front toward Cadeby Road and response to PQ10. Melton Road with building set back to reflect existing street frontages and building lines. New homes should provide surveillance over the open space to the east through properties fronting toward it set back behind private drives and any retained trees / hedgerows. Pedestrian and cycle connections should be provided between Melton Road and Cadeby Road and the open space. The layout should be informal,. In the interests of creating a new strong, defensible, and likely to be permanent Green Belt boundary in this location, a clearly defined site boundary should be formed to the western limit of the site, using suitably tall, dense and continuous hedgerow or tree planting. This could form the periphery to wider on site efforts to provide a visual softening between countryside and urban forms, or be used as plot boundaries, but must define the actual site limits in a clear and linear fashion. and include enhanced landscape planting, to the western edge of the site to soften this aspect of the site's edge within the wider landscape.

MM336 Appendix 2: Compensatory As the site allocation results in the loss of Green Belt land, Not Significant – Developer Green Belt this must be compensated for by contributing to improving provides consistency Requirements – Improvements the environmental quality and accessibility of remaining Site 1028 Green Belt land within the vicinity of the site. Details of specific sites and projects will be established in discussion with the Council.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A122 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) Design New development should incorporate appropriate stand-off from the Motorway edge and include noise attenuation measures. If open space is to be provided it may be appropriate to locate POS along this edge. Rear gardens of new homes should back onto existing rear gardens to the north and west in a secure layout. Properties should front southward in an outward looking arrangement with landscape buffering along the southern edge to soften the settlement edge adjacent the countryside. In the interests of creating a new strong, defensible, and likely to be permanent Green Belt boundary in this location, a clearly defined site boundary should be formed to the southern limit of the site, using suitably tall, dense and continuous hedgerow or tree planting. This could form the periphery to wider on site efforts to provide a visual softening between countryside and urban forms, or be used as plot boundaries, but must define the actual site limits in a clear and linear fashion.

MM337 Appendix 2: Transport Accessed from Bentley Moor Lane - Derestricted speed To ensure the plan is Not Significant – Developer limit therefore access to be designed in accordance with justified and technical clarification Requirements – DMRB requirements. There is a need to widen footways effective. See Site 441 (if top the site frontage. Transport Assessment & Travel Plan Council’s response Carcroft Common required. The Transport Assessment will need to to Action Point 80. is retained as an demonstrate whether the site can come forward in Employment advance of longer-term infrastructure provision in the Allocation) area, such as the A1(M) - A19 Link Road.

MM338 Appendix 3: Appendix 3: Doncaster Sheffield Airport Policy Area and Business Park To ensure that the Not Significant – Doncaster policy will be wording clarification Sheffield Airport Policy 7 proposes the release of housing linked to delivery of jobs within the Airport effective. See and Business Policy Areaat the airport (or airport masterplan area, or jobs closely related to airport Council’s response Park (will require functions). This Appendix clarifies how this is calculated. to Action Point 50. amendment to contents page Site 940 E2 is allocated for a development of 280 houses on land adjacent to the also) aAirport. A Reserve Housing Site is earmarked for up to a maximum of 920 houses on land adjacent to this (site 940 E3) meaning a total of 1,200 homes could be brought forward overall at the aAirport. (Both sites are shown on the Policies Map).

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A123 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) The release of houses on the site 940 E3 Reserve Housing Site will be strictly controlled and linked to the proven delivery of jobs within the Airport Policy Area at the airport (or masterplan area, (or jobs closely related to airport functions).

In the following example, it is assumed that in 2018 the aAirport currently employeds approximately 1,000* people. …

To support the economic expansion of the aAirport, 280 of the 1,200 houses will be allocated ‘up front’ (Site 940 E2) in lieu of delivery of jobs. However, the Council will expect the jobs related to this initial tranche to be delivered. Therefore, before any of the remaining 920 houses are permitted on site 940 E3, it must be evidenced that a number of jobs equivalent to the 280 houses has actually been delivered: …  The Local Plan will be adopted in 2020 with a plan period tois 2018 to 2035, which is 175 years. The 2,545 jobs equivalent to the up-front 280 houses will be split between the 175 years. 2,545 / 175 = 1570 (rounded);

 Before any further release of land is permitted for housing development beyond the 280 upfront houses, the applicant must demonstrate, at the time of an application for planning permission, that:

a) the level of airport related jobs existing at the time of Plan adoption has been maintained; and b) an additional 1570 net jobs per annum (based on the number of years since 201820 at the point of application) have been delivered. …

For example, should an applicant wish to apply for housing on the Airport Reserve Housing Site 940 E3 in 2030, the amount permissible would be calculated as follows:

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A124 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) A B C D E Year of Existing jobs at Jobs in lieu Minimum FTE Rate of application 2018 (years since jobs delivered housing (indicative Plan Adoption before release estimate for x 1570) additional for any illustrative housing jobs purposes) released delivered (C + D) (B+C) above figure in column D 202830 (10 1,000 1,5700 2,5700 0.11 per years) job

Using this example, should an applicant wish to apply for housing on site 940 E3 in 202830, they must show that the number of jobs at the aAirport is over 2,5700, or in other words, since the Local Plan’s adoption in 2020base date of 2018, 1,5700 new jobs have been delivered in addition to the agreed number of existing jobs at Local Plan adoption. For any jobs over 2,5700 jobs, houses would be permitted at a rate of 0.11 houses per additional job.

Using the table above, the figures below are presented to illustrate how the calculation would work:

 In 202830, the applicant robustly proves that the aAirport is directly responsible for the employment of 8,000 people within the Airport Policy Area at the airport (or airport masterplan area, (or via jobs in the Borough closely related to airport functions).

 1000 jobs (actual number to be confirmed at Local Plan adoption) must be deducted as they already existed at Plan Adoption in 201820 (8,000 – 1,000 = 7,000).

 10 years’ (201820 – 202830) worth of jobs related to the split of the upfront housing allocation (site 940 E2) must also be subtracted to account for houses already delivered up front (1570 x 10 = 1,5700; 7,000 – 1,5700 = 5,5300 jobs).

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A125 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification)  5,5300 net additional jobs must then be translated into houses using the ratio of 1 job : 0.11 houses. (5,5300 x 0.11 = 583605 houses).

 In this scenario 605 583 houses would therefore be permitted on site 940 E3. This is in addition to the 280 which were permitted up front on site 940 E2.

 The overall site (940 E2 and 940 E3) would therefore, at this point, be capable of delivering 86385 houses out of a maximum of 1200 (583605 + 280).

 The remaining 33715 (1,200 – 86385) houses could only come forward on the remainder of site 940 E3 were an applicant to be demonstrate delivery of any further net additional jobs beyond those assumed above, and using the calculation above.

There are some very important caveats to this policy:

 The maximum number of up-front houses permitted in the initial tranche on site 940 E2 is 280.

 The 2,545 jobs that would otherwise result in 280 houses on site 940 E2 (using the ratio of 1 : 0.11) must be delivered in lieu of this. This must be taken into account when an application for additional housing comes forward on site 940 E3.

 The maximum number of houses that may come forward dependent on the delivery of jobs is 920 on site 940 E3 - in addition to the initial 280 on site 940 E2. This means there will be a maximum of 1,200 houses permitted on sites 940 E2 and 940 E3 related to the proven delivery of jobs. Should the number of jobs exceed the related equivalent number of houses (10,910 jobs (1,200 / 0.11)), no further housing will be permitted related to the additional jobs.

 Jobs figures are net. They factor in gains and losses over time. They must be robustly evidenced and shown as actually delivered before housing release related to this can be considered.

 The final list of the types of directly related jobs that it is acceptable to count towards this calculation will be agreed following discussions between the Council and the aAirport. However:

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A126 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) o Jobs created must be within Doncaster Borough.

o Jobs must be Full Time Equivalent (FTE).

o Jobs must be directly related to the Aairport Policy Area (or airport masterplan area, (or jobs closely related to airport functions). For example, new FTE jobs at an offsite Doncaster based supplier of specialist air related goods directly procured by Doncaster Sheffield Airport.

The Council considers that this strikes the right balance between supporting the aAirport and its economic aspirations, which are also important to the Borough and the City Region, and capturing the benefits for Doncaster. Additional housing acts as both support for the Airport’s development and an incentive to deliver jobs to boost the local economy.

The initial tranche of housing is designed to help the Airport begin to realise its economic ambitions and potential. However, the jobs related to this must be delivered. This is the only time that housing will come before jobs in this location. For subsequent applications, jobs delivery must be clearly demonstrated before housing is released. This means the impetus is with the aAirport operator, if it wishes to enable housing development, to deliver its economic ambitions, which are also important for the Borough.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A127 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM339 Appendix 6: Hotels 1 space per bedroom 1 space per All Development To ensure Not Significant – Parking plus provision in bedroom plus consistency with the wording clarification Standards – Non- accordance with class provision in Use Classes Order Residential A3/A4 accordance changes – Development restaurants/cafes with class September 2020 and/or drinking A3/A4 establishments where restaurants/c applicable afes and/or drinking establishmen ts where applicable

Assembly and 1 space per 22-100 1 space per 2500 m2 leisure Local m2 22-25 m2 community and outdoor sport and recreation (excluding cinemas, conference centres and stadia)

MM340 Appendix 6: Pedal cycles For residential developments, dedicated cycle storage for To ensure the policy Not Significant – Parking each property should be provided. For houses this could be in is consistent with technical clarification Standards – adequately sized garages or bike sheds and for flats or national policy and Additional apartments this may be shared dedicated secure facilities. effective. See Standards For non-residential developments, a minimum A ratio of 1 Council’s response cycle space per 10 parking spaces should be applied. Any to Action Points 61, departure from the standards for car parking provision should 62 and 88. not be reflected in the reduction of cycle parking provision and, where appropriate, this should be increased in locations where cycling infrastructure encourages higher levels of cycling.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A128 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) For schools, cycle parking will be determined by an agreed school travel plan which will set out targets for cycling. The most appropriate facility for cycle parking will be a ‘Sheffield stand’. The siting of the stand should be in a location that is convenient, under cover and secure through natural observation, (for example at entrance to the building. For residential developments, cycle sheds may be more appropriate) Location of pedal cycle parking facilities should be agreed in writing by the Local Planning Authority. Electric vehicles For residential developments, 1 charging point should be provided per unit (dwelling with dedicated parking for private usage). For any public usage (such as retail) charging facilities to be provided at an appropriate level to be agreed 1 charging unit per 20 parking spaces. For business/staff usage 1 charging point per 10 staff parking spaces. These ratios may change as electric vehicle usage increases where there is an increased demand for vehicle recharging. In developments where short stay parking is likely, fast charging infrastructure should be used to promote high turnover of charging spaces. Grants may be available through the Office of Low Emission Vehicles.

MM341 Appendix 7: Land Use Use/description of Size No TS TA/T To ensure Not Significant – Transport development assessme P consistency with the technical clarification Statements, nt Use Classes Order Assessments and Food Retail sale of food GFA <250 >250 >800 changes – Travel Plans retail(A1) goods to the public- sq.m² <800 sq.m² September 2020 food superstores, sq.m² supermarkets, convenience food stores Non-food Retail sale of non- GFA <800 >800 >1500 retail (A1) ) food goods to the sq.m² <1500 sq.m² public; but includes sq.m² sandwich bars- sandwiches or other

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A129 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) cold food purchased and consumed off the premises, internet café A2 Financial Financial services- GFA <1000 >1000 >2500 and banks, building sq.m² <2500 sq.m² professional societies and sq.m² services bureaux de change, professional services (other than health or medical services)- estate agents and employment agencies , other services – betting shops, principally where services are provided to visiting members of the public A3 Sale of Restaurants and GFA <300 >300 >2500 food and cafes- use for the sq.m² <2500 sq.m² drink Sale of food and sq.m² (Restaurants drink for and cafes) consumption (mostly) on the premises, excludes internet cafes (now A1) A4 Drinking Use as a public GFA <300 >300 >600 establishmen house, wine-bar or sq.m² <600 sq.m² t other drinking sq.m² establishment A5 Hot food Use for sale of hot GFA <250 >250 >500 takeaway food for sq.m² <500 sq.m² consumption on or sq.m² off the premises

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A130 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) B1 Business a. Offices other GFA <1500 >1500 > Offices, than in use sq.m² < 2500 research and within Class A2 2500 sq.m² development financial and sq.m² , or light professional industrial services)

b. Research and development- laboratories, studies B2 General Industrial processes GFA <2500 >2500 >4000 industrial not classed as being sq.m² <4000 sq.m² light industrial uses sq.m² (excluding incineration purposes, chemical treatment or landfill or hazardous waste) General industry (other than classified as in B1), the former ‘special industries’ use classes, B3- B7 , are now all encompassed in the B2 use class B8 Storage Storage or GFA <3000 >3000 >5000 or and distribution centres sq.m² <5000 sq.m² distribution including open air sq.m² storage - wholesale warehouses, distribution centres and repositories C1 Hotels Hotels, boarding Bedro <75 beds >75 >100 houses and guest om <100 bedroo houses, bedroo ms development falls ms

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A131 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) within this class if ‘no significant element of care is provided’ C2 Used for the Beds <30 beds >30 >50 Residential provision of <50 beds institutions- residential beds hospitals, accommodation and nursing care to people in homes need of care C2 Boarding schools Stude <50 >50 >150 Residential and training centres nt students <150 studen institutions- studen ts residential ts education C2 Homeless shelters, Reside <250 >250 >400 Residential accommodation for nt residents <400 reside institutions- people with learning reside nts hostels difficulties and nts people on probation C3 Dwelling Dwellings for Dwelli <50 units >50 < >80 houses individuals, families ng 80 units or not more than 6 unit units people living together as a single household. Not more than 6 people living together includes- students or young people sharing a dwelling and small group homes for disabled or handicapped people living together in the community

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A132 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) D1 Non- Medical and health GFA <500 >500 >1000 residential services- clinics and sq.m² <1000 sq.m² institutions health centres, sq.m² Medical or crèches, day Health nurseries, day Services & centres and Learning and consulting rooms Non- (not attached to the residential consultant’s or Institutions doctors house) museums, public libraries, art galleries, exhibition halls, non-residential education and training centres, places of worship, religious instruction and church halls D2 Assembly Cinemas, dance and GFA <500 >500 >1500 and leisure concert halls, sports sq.m² <1500 sq.m² Indoor halls, swimming sq.m² Sport, baths, skating rinks, Recreation gymnasiums, bingo or Fitness, halls and casinos, Local other indoor and Community outdoor sports and & Sui leisure uses not Generis involving motorised vehicles or firearms Others (Sui For example: TBD Discuss Discus Discus Generis) stadium, retail with s with s with warehouse clubs, highway highw highw amusement arcades, authority ay ay laundrettes, petrol author author filling stations, taxi ity ity businesses, car/vehicle hire businesses and the

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A133 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) selling and displaying of motor vehicles, nightclubs, theatres, hostels, builders’ yard, garden centres, POs, travel and ticket agencies, hairdressers, funeral directors, hire shops, dry cleaners

MM342 Appendix 10: Appendix 10: Draft cCriteria for Locally Listing Buildings and Structures To ensure the plan is Not Significant – Draft criteria for effective. The list is technical clarification Locally Listing (Will also require amend to the Contents page to remove the word ‘draft’) no longer draft as Buildings and per the Council’s Structures response to PQ42. MM343 Appendix 12: Chapter Policy 26: 15 Number of Monitor AMR N/A DMBCTo align with Not Significant – Monitoring 19: Developm Planning Developmentamends made to provides consistency Indicators Countrysi ent in the Applications ManagementPolicy 2 and 26. de Countrysi Approved in the , de Policy Countryside Policy Developers, Area Area Classed as Landowners, Appropriate Investors Development

MM344 Appendix 12: Chapter Policy 61: 17,18, Development that Decreas AMR Humber EnvironmentTo ensure the Not Significant – Monitoring 14: Protecting 19,20 Results in e River Agency,Modifications to technical clarification Indicators Climate and Groundwater Basin Investors,Policy 61 can be Change, Enhancin abstraction in Manage Developers,effectively Minerals, g Source Protection ment Landownersmonitored. Resources Doncaster Zones Plan & Energy ’s Soil Permissions and granted contrary to Water sustained objection Resource from the Environment Agency on water quality grounds

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A134 © Wood Group UK Limited

MM Ref Policy/ Suggested Main Modification Reason Significant for the Paragraph SA? (Wood Classification) MM345 Appendix 12: Policy 71: iPort Employment Land Monitor Employ N/A Developer,To ensure the Plan is Not Significant – Monitoring Take-up/Floor Space ment Investors,effective – new technical clarification Indicators Land Landownerindicators required Availab as a result of ility inclusion of 2 new Report policies as part of Policy 73: Local Business Expansion Site Take- Monitor Employ N/A Developer,proposed main Expansion Site: Polypipe up ment Investors,modifications Land Landowner Availab ility Report

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A135 © Wood Group UK Limited

ANNEX 1: Table 10 Main Modifications Table 10: Locally Sourced Mineral provision for the Plan Period Mineral Reserve at Average sales Landbank of Remaining Plan Local Provision Remaining Additional 2017 (Mt) at 10 years and permissions at Period (years) 18 year provision at 2035 years on 3 years* (Mt) 2017 (years) Plan period remaining plan Additional landbank 2015 to 2035 period (Mt) provision (Local (D=B/C) Plan Allocations) (H=G/C) (F=C*E) (Mt) A B C D E F G H Undifferentiated sand 5.58 and gravel (based on 0.31mt X 18 5.6 0.31 18.1 18 1.9 6.1 10 year average) year plan period Undifferentiated sand 9** and gravel (based on 0.5mt X 18 5.6 0.5* 11.2* 18 1.9 3.8 3 year average sales) year plan period Limestone (crushed 30.6 rock) (based on 10 1.7mt X 18 51.7 1.7 30.2 18 0 / year average) year plan period Limestone (crushed 41.4 rock) (based on 3 2.3mt X 18 51.7 2.3* 22.5* 18 0 / year average) year plan period Doncaster Local Plan Annual Provision: Sand and Gravel local provision = 5.6Mt2 + 1.9Mt3 = 7.5Mt / 184 = 0.42Mt per annum Crushed Rock local provision = 2Mt per annum (based on historic extraction figures)

* For information only (as required by the PPG paragraph 064) ** not achievable as the landbank depletes after 11.2 years; Local Plan allocations will provide an additional 3.8 years provision at this rate of extraction Notes: 1. The reserve at 2017 (column B) is taken from the 2018 LAA, which reports on minerals monitoring for the year 2017. 2. The landbank of permissions at 2017 (column D) is taken from the 2018 LAA. 3. The ‘Local Provision’ (column F) for the plan period is based on ten year average sales (as required by national planning policy and identified in the 2018 LAA) multiplied by the remaining life of the pPlan (in this case 18 years). Column G is the new mineral allocations. See Table 12. 4.The remaining provision is the estimated reserve (what we have now) minus the apportionment for the plan period (what Doncaster can supply). 4. Note – figures are also given based on three year annual sales for comparison (required for consideration by national policy to gauge short term fluctuations). 5. Mt = Million tonnes.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 A136 © Wood Group UK Limited

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B1 © Wood Group UK Limited

Appendix B Proposed Changes to the Local Plan Policies Map

The Council’s Schedule of Consequential Changes to the Local Plan Supporting Policies Map Main Modifications Consultation – February – March 2021

The Policies Map is not defined in legislation as being part of the Development Plan. As such, it is not something which the Planning Inspector has powers to recommend Main Modifications to. However, the role of the Policies Map is to illustrate geographically the application of policies in the Local Plan. If the geographical illustration of a policy is flawed, the policy will be unsound. In such circumstances, therefore, the Inspector can ask the Council to draw up a proposed change to what is shown on the submission Policies Map. The following Schedule therefore identifies a number of changes to the Local Plan Policies Map (Policies Map Document Reference: CSD4) which the Council has identified as being necessary during the Examination process. Many are consequential and are required to align with Main Modifications being suggested to the Local Plan itself; they will make sure that policies will be applied effectively. These have also been assessed through the Sustainability Appraisal and Habitats Regulation Assessment Addendums published alongside the consultation. Please note, the Polices Map (CSD4) has not yet been updated to reflect these changes, but the Schedule below shows sufficient detail in itself with respect to them. The Policies Map will of course be updated at Plan adoption stage. Each suggested change has been given a unique ‘PM Ref’ which should be quoted on the relevant section of the Council’s response form if you are making a response to the consultation relating to the Policies Map.

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) PM01 Policy 2: Settlement Hierarchy (Part 5 – Countryside) & Policy 26: Countryside Consequential Not Significant – amends provides Amend the label of ‘Countryside’ in the Legend to ‘Countryside Policy Area’ to reflect the changes made to the policies (and required to consistency elsewhere in the Plan). align with changes to Policy 2 and 26.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B2 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification)

PM02 Policy 2: Settlement Hierarchy (Part 6 – Green Belt) To ensure the Not Significant – local plan is technical Hooton Pagnell Green Belt Boundary – a small section of the north-western edge of the Green Belt boundary, where it adjoins justified and clarification the eastern boundary of All Saints C of E Primary School, for the Defined Village of Hooton Pagnell does not reflect the existing consistent Green Belt boundary as defined on the UDP. This is a misinterpretation rather than an intended change. Consequential with national amends also required to Residential Policy Area designation. policy. Correction to Current: Revised: reflect current statutory development plan/existing Green Belt boundary.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B3 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) PM03 Policy 4: Employment Allocations Consequential Not Significant – amends provides Remove the Iport (Site Ref: 747) from the Green Belt with the creation of a new defensible Green Belt boundary in this required as consistency location. The ‘call out box’ should also now link to the new Policy 72 as well as Policy 4. per Policy 4 and as the Council’s response to Action Point 10

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B4 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) PM04 Policy 4: Employment Allocations TBC – this Not Significant change Delete Carcroft Common (Site Ref: 441) as an ‘Employment Allocation and relabel as a ‘Potential Development Site’ (PDS) and depends on show in a different colour to the Housing equivalents in the Legend. The ‘call out box’ should still link to Policy 4 however as the outcome this is where the ‘new’ part of the policy will be found that relates to employment PDS. of the site’s justification as an allocation vs PDS PM05 Policy 6: Housing Allocations To ensure Not Significant – that the plan technical Rossington Colliery Housing Allocations - Realignment of the northern edge of housing site allocation ref 247 with the southern is effective. clarification edge of housing permission site ref 662 as the permission boundary was wrongly mapped as part of the Development Responds to Management process. objection raised by Current: Revised: Harworth Group at Regulation 19 stage and as identified in CSD6.

PM06 Policy 6: Housing Allocations Consequential Not Significant – amends provides Re-labelling of the ‘Reserve Development Sites’ to ‘Potential Development Sites’ for both the Legend and ‘call out box’. consistency

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B5 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) required as per Policy 6

PM07 Policy 7: Doncaster Sheffield Airport. To ensure the Not Significant – plan is technical Airport Public Safety Zones – delete from Policies Map in light of revised supporting text to Policy 7 and amendment to Figure effective and clarification 5, as these are not yet formally designated. as identified in the Airport Policy Area – new designation as per revisions to Policy 7 text to make clear where the policy applies, including Council’s incorporating the community rail station safeguarded site (see below). response to FPQ and The following extract shows the main changes to the Policies Map relating to the Housing Allocation and the community rail Action Point station site in more detail. In brief: 85. - The correct extent (smaller area) of the community rail station (as per the Section 106 Agreement –revised) is shown, including a strip of land to the north of the railway for the platform, and this is also all included in the Airport Policy Area boundary. The ‘call out box’ for the station site should also be updated to link to Policy 7 (as well as its current link to Policy 13). The remaining land has been washed over with Residential Policy Area; - Housing Allocation Ref: 223 has been reduced to remove the part of the site which is safeguarded for the community rail station; - Existing residential development to the south-east of the Housing Allocation has been removed from the Employment Policy Area and correctly designated as Residential Policy Area;

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B6 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification)

The following extract is an overview which shows the Policies Map factoring in all of the above changes.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B7 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification)

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B8 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) The site for the Vulcan Hanger and Training Centre (designated as a ‘Community Facility’) and as per suggested modifications to Policy 7 Part H are also shown on the map above.

A ‘new’ designation also needs to be added showing the ‘Airport Safeguarding’ extent as per the map below and modifications suggested to Policy 7 Part L1.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B9 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) PM08 Policy 12: Gypsies, Travellers and Travelling Show People - Gypsy and Traveller sites to be removed from the Green Belt. To ensure the Not Significant – plan/policy is provides GT4 – Nursery Lane, Sprotbrough consistent consistency with national policy and will be effective.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B10 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) GT6 – Tilts Farm, Toll Bar

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B11 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) GT8 – Glen Bungalow, Sutton

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B12 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) GT9 – Stcokbridge Lane; GT14 - Romany Way, Stockbridge Lane; GT19 - Hobbies Paddock, Stockbridge Lane; GT20 - Land off Stockbridge Lane; GT21 - Ash Tree Cottage, Stockbridge Lane

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B13 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) GT15 - Pony Paddocks, Hall Villa Lane

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B14 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) GT16 – Four Acres, Selby Road

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B15 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) GT17 – Oak Dene, Doncaster Road

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B16 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) GT18 – Willow Garth, Kings Road

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B17 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) GT22 – Apy Hill

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B18 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) GT23 – Green Meadows, Hall Villa Lane (aka The Stables)

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B19 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) PM09 Policy 15 – Doncaster Town Centre Car Parking To ensure the Not Significant – policy will be technical Part B of the policy makes reference to the ‘Inner Parking Zone’ as defined on the Policies Map, but this layer was omitted in effective. clarification error from the Policies Map published alongside the Regulation 19 Local Plan and so needs to be added as per the extent shown below.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B20 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) PM10 Policy 23: Locating Main Town Centre Uses & Policy 24: Development within Town, District and Local Centres To ensure the Not Significant – Plan is technical Tickhill District Centre Boundary - The current Policies Map shows 2 slightly different, and in places overlapping, extents for justified clarification the Tickhill District Centre boundary. This is in error and the extract below shows the current incorrect boundaries followed by how the correct boundary should be shown (this also requires a change to the ‘Residential Policy Area’ designation in place of the incorrect ‘District Centre’ instead). The Current CSD4 District Centre boundary (purple hatching) on the left hand side map, with the correct District Centre boundary (and consequential amends to Residential Policy Area designation – peach colour) showing on the right hand side map.

Current: Revised:

PM11 Policy 27: Green Infrastructure & Policy 28: Protecting Open Space and Non Designated Open Space To ensure Not Significant – that the technical The ‘call out box’ requires amending to read ‘Protecting Open Space’ in line with Policy 28 as currently includes reference to policy is clarification ‘sport and recreation’ which does not feature in the policy title. effective and justified.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B21 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) Protecting Open Space, Sport and Recreation: Responds to Protecting Open Space, Sport and Recreation – see Policy 27 and 28 a labelling error identified in CSD6.

PM12 Policy 27: Green Infrastructure & Policy 28: Protecting Open Space and Non Designated Open Space To ensure the Not Significant – plan is technical Hall Villa Lane, Toll Bar Open Space Site Ref: 138 – mapping error - amend extent of open space to align with Residential effective and clarification Policy Area and Green Belt. justified as identified in Current: Revised: CSD6.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B22 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification)

PM13 Policy 27: Green Infrastructure & Policy 28: Protecting Open Space and Non Designated Open Space To ensure the Not Significant – plan is technical Crane Moor Close, Harlington Open Space Ref: 699 – mapping error – amend (reduce) northern extent of open space to effective and clarification reflect planning permission for residential now granted and show as Residential Policy Area instead. justified as identified in Current: Revised: CSD6.

PM14 Policy 27: Green Infrastructure & Policy 28: Protecting Open Space and Non Designated Open Space To ensure the Not Significant – plan is technical Poplar Farm, Campsall – Site of Local Green Space Value - There has been an error when mapping the boundary to site 489 justified and clarification (Poplar Farm, Sutton Road, Campsall). The Local Green Space evidence base makes it clear that site 489 refers to the larger as identified field in this location (a portion of which was also submitted separately as site 339). See the Local Green Space – Methodology in the and Sites evidence base (Appendix B Table 1 and Appendix D -SDEB20) for clarification of this. However, when preparing the Council’s Local Plan Policies Map (CSD4), site 489 has been incorrectly mapped excluding the land to the north of the site, which was

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B23 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) simultaneously submitted as 339, when the proposal reflects the whole site. To correct this error requires an amendment to response to the Local Green Space boundary and Residential Policy Area boundary. PQ41.

Current: Revised:

PM15 Policy 39: Historic Parks and Gardens To ensure the Not Significant – plan is technical Cusworth Parks & Gardens of Historic Interest – Amend (reduce) eastern extent of the designation to remove the agricultural effective and clarification field from the boundary of the Park & Garden. justified. Responds to objection raised by Avant Homes at Regulation 19 stage and as identified in CSD6.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B24 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) Current: Revised:

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B25 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) PM16 Policy 45 – Residential Design – Part C To ensure the Not Significant – policy is technical The exact geographical areas highlighted in part C should be more clearly defined with the detailed boundaries of the 4 areas effective and clarification included as designations on the Policies Map. as identified in the Bessacarr Council’s response to PQ43.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B26 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) South Bessacarr

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B27 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) Sprotbrough

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B28 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) Thorne Road, Edenthorpe

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B29 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) PM17 Policy 52: Protection of Education, Community and Leisure Facilities To ensure the Not Significant – Plan is technical The Policies Map (CSD4) identifies a school site (The Levitt School, Barnby Dun Road - formally known as ‘The Gateway Pupil justified clarification Referral Unit’) as being washed over as part of the wider Clay Lane Industrial Estate Employment Policy Area (left hand side map and blue hatching). The school site should have been designated as a ‘Community Facility’ in line with other school sites in the Borough, and as shown on the map on the right hand side (yellow hatching), given it is still in educational use, and as per its current designation in the UDP.

Current: Revised:

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B30 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) PM18 Policy 60: Area of Search for Wind Energy Developments To ensure the Not Significant – plan is provides The Area of Search has been extended to include additional land as set out below which reflects the changes to the Policy in consistent consistency and light of the up-to-date landscape evidence commissioned during the Examination. with national technical policy and clarification justified

PM19 Policy 62: Providing for and Safeguarding Mineral Resources To ensure the Not Significant – Plan will be technical The Legend and ‘call out box’ need relabelling to reflect changes made to the Policy and Table 14 of the Plan as follows: effective. clarification Safeguarded Ancillary Minerals Transportation, Handling and Processing Infrastructure

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B31 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification)

Legend

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 B32 © Wood Group UK Limited

PM Suggested Change Reason Significant for Ref the SA? (Wood Classification) PM20 Policy 73: Local Business Expansion Site: Polypipe (New Policy) To ensure the Significant – New Plan will be Policy 72 to be To ensure the new Policy 73 will be effective, the site needs to be removed from the Green Belt and allocated as a new layer effective. appraised in the Legend and ‘call out box’ stating ‘Local Business Expansion Site: Polypipe’ (as per the red outlined polygon below). The extent of the Open Space also needs to be rationalised to just show on the south of the site as shown below (green hatching).

Current: Revised:

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 C1 © Wood Group UK Limited

Appendix C Appraisal of Proposed New Policies 72 & 73

Policy 72: iPort (Strategic Policy) A Strategic Rail Freight Interchange (SRFI) together with ancillary infrastructure and operational development, known as iPort, will be developed at Rossington as shown on the Proposals Map. C) The on-going development of iPort will be in accordance with the principles set out in its planning permission, as set out below:

• an intermodal terminal and rail and road served distribution units (562, 000m2) in Use Class B8 (including ancillary B1/B2 floorspace); • road, rail access and other infrastructure facilities and works; and, • the realignment of water courses, provision of landscaping, ecological networks and improvements and flood mitigation and enhancement. D) Units in use Class B2 will also be acceptable, subject to meeting other policies in the Local Plan.

Explanation iPort, as shown on the Policies Map, will be developed as a strategic rail freight interchange supported by the principles shown above, which are in line with planning permission 09/00190/OUTA. The policy recognises the contribution that iPort, a nationally significant infrastructure project, will have to the wider economy. Doncaster is promoted, both nationally and regionally, as a key location for the logistics and distribution industries including through various Sheffield City Region strategic and investment plans such as the Strategic Economic Plan (SCR SEP) and the Transport Strategy. The site at Rossington offers quick and effective links to national and international freight networks and will lead to a significant net reduction in HGV traffic and emissions due to the transfer of freight from road to rail. The scheme is under construction and is approximately 60% complete. Further development at the site is important to ensure that the Local Plan Spatial Strategy of major new employment sites being accessible by a range of transport modes is implemented by providing rail-access for freight movements. The National Policy Statement for National networks states (footnote 42) that SRFI may include manufacturing and processing activities, in addition to warehousing and container handling facilities so although iPort has been granted permission specifically for rail related strategic warehousing, there may be instances where an alternative use maybe appropriate such as those within Use Class B2. Each case will be considered on its merits and will need to meet the requirements set out in other Local Plan policies such as parking standards and design standards. Based on the best information on market potential currently available, it is anticipated that around 15% of the overall employment floorspace will be for B2 uses.

Objective Sub-objective Policy 72 Commentary 1. Maintain and a) Local economy ++ Likely Significant Effects increase (maintain and Doncaster’s strengthen) This policy will help to ensure that Doncaster maintains economic vitality in developing strategic infrastructure. growth/prosperity b) Diversify the Short/Medium/Long Term effects and diversify its economic base The short, medium and longer term effects of the policy are considered to be similar, in principle reinforcing in their economic base effects. Cumulative effects The combined effects of the policy with other policies of the plan are likely to be significantly positive, reflecting the intended economic enhancement.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 C2 © Wood Group UK Limited

Objective Sub-objective Policy 72 Commentary Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None.

2. Reinforce and a) Support ++ Likely Significant Effects support community community identity and pride The policy is intended to promote economic vibrancy of the Borough. identity and pride Short/Medium/Long Term effects Effects are likely to grow over the lifetime of the plan, although specific attribution to economic development could be difficult to measure. Cumulative effects Policy impacts are likely to be reinforcing. Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 3. Improve A) Accessibility to ~ Likely Significant Effects accessibility to places places and b) Accessibility to The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. services, both services Short/Medium/Long Term effects within and None outside of the borough Cumulative effects None Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 4. Ensure a) Energy resources ~ Likely Significant Effects resources are b) Minerals and available and construction The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. efficiently used c) Efficient use of Short/Medium/Long Term effects to sustain waste None development and

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 C3 © Wood Group UK Limited

Objective Sub-objective Policy 72 Commentary reduce waste Cumulative effects and None consumption Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 5. Provide a) Affordability ~ Likely Significant Effects affordable, good b) Quality quality housing c) Mix and range of The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. that is available homes Short/Medium/Long Term effects to everyone, None including vulnerable and Cumulative effects disadvantaged None groups Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 6. Reduce social a) Social exclusion ++ Likely Significant Effects exclusion and b) Social disadvantage disadvantage Development of employment opportunities through infrastructure investment will have significant positive effects on achieving this objective. Short/Medium/Long Term effects Likely to be short, medium and long-term. Cumulative effects Policy impacts are likely to be reinforcing, particularly with social objectives. Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 7. Make places a) Attractive and ~ Likely Significant Effects that are safe, distinctive places attractive, b) Safety and The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. culturally security Short/Medium/Long Term effects interesting and

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 C4 © Wood Group UK Limited

Objective Sub-objective Policy 72 Commentary distinctive to None live, work and Cumulative effects travel in None Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 8. Renew and a) Land and buildings ++? Likely Significant Effects reuse existing b) Infrastructure buildings, land The policy provides for the development of a key industrial site, ensuring its ongoing use. and Short/Medium/Long Term effects infrastructure Effects will be short, medium and long term. Cumulative effects Policy impacts are likely to be reinforcing. Mitigation None required. Assumptions & Uncertainties None. 9. Improve the a) Health ++ Likely Significant Effects health and well- b) Well being being of the Maintenance and health of a key employer will have significant positive effects on achieving this objective. borough’s Short/Medium/Long Term effects population Likely to be short, medium and long-term. Cumulative effects Policy impacts are likely to be reinforcing, particularly with social objectives. Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties

None 10. Provide a) Education + Likely Significant Effects education and b) Skills and training training The policy will help to contribute to ongoing job and training opportunities with key employers. provision to Short/Medium/Long Term effects

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 C5 © Wood Group UK Limited

Objective Sub-objective Policy 72 Commentary build the skills Effects are likely to grow over the lifetime of the plan. and capacity of Cumulative effects the population Policy impacts are likely to be reinforcing. Mitigation None required. Assumptions & Uncertainties None. 11. Manage and a) Flood risk ~ Likely Significant Effects adapt to climate b) Greenhouse gas change emissions The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. c) Water supply and Short/Medium/Long Term effects drainage None Cumulative effects None Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 12. Protect, a) Biodiversity ~ Likely Significant Effects increase and (habitats and enhance the species) The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. natural b) Geodiversity Short/Medium/Long Term effects environment, c) Landscape None including the landscape, its Cumulative effects underlying None geology and Mitigation wildlife habitats None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 13. Protect, a) Historic places ~ Likely Significant Effects conserve and b) Cultural heritage enhance the The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. historic and Short/Medium/Long Term effects

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 C6 © Wood Group UK Limited

Objective Sub-objective Policy 72 Commentary cultural heritage None Cumulative effects None Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 14. Protect and a) Land and soil ~ Likely Significant Effects enhance soil, air b) Water and water quality c) Air The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. (watercourses Short/Medium/Long Term effects and ground None water) Cumulative effects None Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None

Summary Likely Significant Effects The policy focuses on ensuring that the Borough makes best use of strategic opportunities for logistics and the economic benefits for the Borough that will follow. The policy is expected to result in significant positive or positive effects in relation to the following objectives: 1, 2, 6, 8, 9,10. Many of these benefits are cumulative and complementary to one another, with no identified disbenefits. Short/Medium/Long Term effects The effect of the policy is expected to be felt in the short, medium and longer term associated with the provision of modern logistics capability. Cumulative effects Positive synergistic effects are likely between this policy and others in the Plan as they are complementary in character and designed to promote the economic and social enhancement of the Borough. Mitigation The site is at an advanced stage of development and subject to a comprehensive masterplan which will ensure appropriate mitigation of identified site and off-site negative effects associated with the development. Assumptions & Uncertainties

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 C7 © Wood Group UK Limited

None identified.

Policy 73: Local Business Expansion Site: Polypipe Land south of Broomhouse Lane, Edlington, is allocated as Local Business Expansion Site to allow for the expansion of Polypipe in line with the following principles: A. Development of the site for office and ancillary uses is supported to allow the existing Polypipe site north of Broomhouse Lane to remain for, and expand its, operational purposes; B. Development of this site should be accompanied by the enhancement of the remaining open space to the south of the site and/or a compensatory contribution to the replacement of play equipment elsewhere in the vicinity; and C. Compensatory improvements must be provided to the Green Belt land in proximity of the site. Explanation Polypipe, located in Edlington, is one of the largest, and most well established employers within Doncaster Borough. In order for Polypipe to expand and continue to operate efficiently there is the need to provide extra capacity for the company to remodel and allow the head offices to be relocated. Land to the south of Broomhouse Lane provides such an opportunity and has been removed from the Green Belt specifically for this purpose. Development on this site will result in the loss of existing open space including the loss of play equipment. Therefore it is important that the open space to the south is improved and enhanced. There may also be the requirement for the compensatory replacement of play equipment elsewhere in the vicinity. Due to the removal of the site from the Green Belt it is necessary that there are compensatory improvements to the Green Belt within the local area. This may include Edlington Ancient Woodland or Edlington Pit Wood.

Objective Sub-objective Policy 73 Commentary 1. Maintain and a) Local economy ++ Likely Significant Effects increase (maintain and Doncaster’s strengthen) This policy will help to ensure that Doncaster maintains economic vitality in support of one of the Borough’s key growth/prosperity b) Diversify the employers. and diversify its economic base Short/Medium/Long Term effects economic base The short, medium and longer term effects of the policy are considered to be similar, in principle reinforcing in their effects. Cumulative effects The combined effects of the policy with other policies of the plan are likely to be significantly positive, reflecting the intended economic enhancement. Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None. 2. Reinforce and a) Support ++ Likely Significant Effects support community community identity and pride The policy is intended to help promote economic vibrancy of the Borough. identity and pride Short/Medium/Long Term effects

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 C8 © Wood Group UK Limited

Objective Sub-objective Policy 73 Commentary Effects are likely to grow over the lifetime of the plan, although specific attribution to economic development could be difficult to measure. Cumulative effects Policy impacts are likely to be reinforcing. Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 3. Improve A) Accessibility to ~ Likely Significant Effects accessibility to places places and b) Accessibility to The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. services, both services Short/Medium/Long Term effects within and None outside of the borough Cumulative effects None Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 4. Ensure a) Energy resources ~ Likely Significant Effects resources are b) Minerals and available and construction The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. efficiently used c) Efficient use of Short/Medium/Long Term effects to sustain waste None development and reduce waste Cumulative effects and None consumption Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 5. Provide a) Affordability ~ Likely Significant Effects affordable, good b) Quality quality housing c) Mix and range of The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. that is available homes

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 C9 © Wood Group UK Limited

Objective Sub-objective Policy 73 Commentary to everyone, Short/Medium/Long Term effects including None vulnerable and disadvantaged Cumulative effects groups None Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 6. Reduce social a) Social exclusion ++ Likely Significant Effects exclusion and b) Social disadvantage disadvantage Maintenance and health of a key employer will have significant positive effects on achieving this objective. Short/Medium/Long Term effects Likely to be short, medium and long-term. Cumulative effects Policy impacts are likely to be reinforcing, particularly with social objectives. Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 7. Make places a) Attractive and ~ Likely Significant Effects that are safe, distinctive places attractive, b) Safety and The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. culturally security Short/Medium/Long Term effects interesting and None distinctive to live, work and Cumulative effects travel in None Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 8. Renew and a) Land and buildings ++? Likely Significant Effects reuse existing b) Infrastructure buildings, land The policy provides for the managed expansion of a key industrial site, ensuring its ongoing use.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 C10 © Wood Group UK Limited

Objective Sub-objective Policy 73 Commentary and Short/Medium/Long Term effects infrastructure Effects will be short, medium and long term. Cumulative effects Policy impacts are likely to be reinforcing. Mitigation None required. Assumptions & Uncertainties None. 9. Improve the a) Health ++ Likely Significant Effects health and well- b) Well being being of the Maintenance and health of a key employer will have significant positive effects on achieving this objective. borough’s Short/Medium/Long Term effects population Likely to be short, medium and long-term. Cumulative effects Policy impacts are likely to be reinforcing, particularly with social objectives. Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties

None 10. Provide a) Education + Likely Significant Effects education and b) Skills and training training The policy will help to contribute to ongoing job and training opportunities with a key employer. provision to Short/Medium/Long Term effects build the skills Effects are likely to grow over the lifetime of the plan. and capacity of the population Cumulative effects Policy impacts are likely to be reinforcing. Mitigation None required. Assumptions & Uncertainties None. 11. Manage and a) Flood risk ~ Likely Significant Effects adapt to climate b) Greenhouse gas change emissions The policy has no clear relationship with this objective.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 C11 © Wood Group UK Limited

Objective Sub-objective Policy 73 Commentary c) Water supply and Short/Medium/Long Term effects drainage None Cumulative effects None Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 12. Protect, a) Biodiversity +? Likely Significant Effects increase and (habitats and enhance the species) Whilst expansion requires greenfield land, this is adjacent to the existing site and will be accompanied by appropriate off- natural b) Geodiversity site compensation measures. environment, c) Landscape Short/Medium/Long Term effects including the Effects are likely to be observable over the longer term. landscape, its underlying Cumulative effects geology and None identified. wildlife habitats Mitigation None required. Assumptions & Uncertainties That appropriate masterplanning and mitigation will be part of policy implementation. 13. Protect, a) Historic places ~ Likely Significant Effects conserve and b) Cultural heritage enhance the The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. historic and Short/Medium/Long Term effects cultural heritage None Cumulative effects None Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None 14. Protect and a) Land and soil ~ Likely Significant Effects enhance soil, air b) Water and water quality c) Air

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 C12 © Wood Group UK Limited

Objective Sub-objective Policy 73 Commentary (watercourses The policy has no clear relationship with this objective. and ground Short/Medium/Long Term effects water) None Cumulative effects None Mitigation None required Assumptions & Uncertainties None

Summary Likely Significant Effects The policy is intended to support the maintenance and growth of a key employer in the Borough. The policy is expected to result in significant positive or positive effects in relation to the following objectives: 1, 2, 6, 8, 9,10 and 12. Many of these benefits are cumulative and complementary to one another, with no identified disbenefits. Short/Medium/Long Term effects The effect of the policy is expected to be felt in the short, medium and longer term associated with the health of the business. Cumulative effects Positive synergistic effects are likely between this policy and others in the Plan as they are complementary in character and designed to promote the economic and social enhancement of the Borough. Mitigation Appropriate site and off-site mitigation measures are proposed. Assumptions & Uncertainties

None identified.

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01 C13 © Wood Group UK Limited

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01

February 2021 Doc Ref. 805481 38404-01